Docstoc

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS - TABLE OF CONTENTS(1)

Document Sample
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS - TABLE OF CONTENTS(1) Powered By Docstoc
					                                                   COURSE DESCRIPTIONS - TABLE OF CONTENTS
Administration of Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . .107                 Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126     Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Agriculture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104       Engineering Techn.                                                   Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Allied Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105         Pre-Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125         Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108   English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124   Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Auto Collision Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103               Environmental Tech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126             Personal Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Auto Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103             Fire Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129      Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Behavioral Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117             Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126             Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Biological Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116             Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131    Physical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Business Administration, Accounting,                                   History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134   Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Marketing & Management . . . . . . . . . . . .111                      Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133    Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Business Systems Technology . . . . . . . . .113                       Hospitality Management . . . . . . . . . . . . .131                  Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120         Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134        Realtime Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Computer Information Tech. . . . . . .122, 135                         Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141             Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Cooperative Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121                 Integrated Manuf. Tech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141               Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Dance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122       Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143      Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Early Childhood Education . . . . . . . .119, 124                      Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143    Speech Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123         Mass Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146                 Theatre Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Education/Paraprofessional . . . . . . . . . . .124                    Massage Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148             Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Course
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Desc.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Course Descriptions 101
                          COURSE DESCRIPTIONS




102 Course Descriptions
                                                                   AB 122. Non-Structural Analysis and Damage Repair                  AB 234. Structural Analysis and Damage Repair II -
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS                                           II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite: AB 112 with a C or better. This   Unibody. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AB 124 with a C or
(AB) AUTO COLLISION REPAIR                                    course is designed to teach the student conventional and            better. This course will enable the student to apply
    AB 101. Introduction to Collision Repair. 2 hours         unitized body construction. The emphasis will be placed on          measurement and repair techniques to manufacturer’s
credit. Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading   repairing auto panels to the manufacturer’s specifications.         specifications. Welding applications will be used as
portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on                                                                          needed. The emphasis of this course is on straightening
the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET            AB 124. Structural Analysis and Damage Repair I -               and aligning the unibody to manufacturer’s specifications
exam. This course will enable the student to be               Frames. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 101 and AB 103            and replacement of fixed glass.
acquainted with basic skills used in collision repair. This   with a C or better. This course provides the student
course is an introduction to the collision repair field and   practical applications in frame inspection, measurement                 AB 236. Painting and Refinishing: Spray Gun
serves as a foundation for all subsequent areas of studies.   and repair. Welding applications will be used as needed.            Operation I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 101 and AB
                                                              The emphasis of this course is on straightening and                 126 with a C or better. This course will enable the student
    AB 103. Auto Body Welding Principles and                  aligning frames to manufacturer’s specifications.                   to select the correct paint to be applied to the repaired
Techniques. 4 hours credit. Prerequisite: A score of 37 or                                                                        area of the auto body. The emphasis will be placed on
                                                                   AB 125. Plastics and Adhesives II. 2 hours credit.
above on the reading portion of the ASSET exam, and a                                                                             paint mixing, matching of colors and different types of
                                                              Prerequisites: AB 101 and AB 115 with a C or better. This
score of 35 or above on the numerical skills and writing                                                                          paint and the operations of a variety of spray guns used
                                                              course will enable the student to repair the flexible and
portions of the ASSET exam. This course will enable the                                                                           in the auto body industry.
                                                              rigid plastic parts of domestic and foreign manufactured
student to be acquainted with the basic skills in auto
                                                              automobiles. Safety during the mixing and handing of
body welding. An emphasis is placed on safety, protective                                                                             AB 242. Non-Structural Analysis and Damage
                                                              these chemicals will be emphasized.
clothing, tools, and equipment procedures and                                                                                     Repair IV. 1.5 hours credit. Prerequisite: AB 232 with a C
techniques of MIG welding.                                        AB 126. Painting and Refinishing: Preparation and               or better. This course will enable the student to repair and
                                                              Safety Precautions. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 101           replace movables glass in automobiles to the
    AB 112. Non-Structural Analysis and Damage                with a C or better. This course will enable the student to          manufacturer’s specifications.
Repair. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 101 and AB 103      apply techniques and methods of preparing the auto body
with a C or better. A score of 37 or above on the reading     surface for painting. The emphasis will be placed on                    AB 244. Structural Analysis and Damage Repair III.
portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on      different methods of preparing a surface for painting to            3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AB 234 with a C or better. This
the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET        include chemical, mechanical, and physical means. Safety            course will enable the student to obtain practical
exam. This course will enable the student to analyze auto     precautions will be emphasized throughout the training.             experience in frame and unibody inspection,
body damage, prepare auto for damage repair, and then                                                                             measurement, and repair of various domestic and foreign
to perform the needed repair, replacement or                     AB 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit            manufactures automobiles. Students will participate in
adjustment.                                                   each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.               glass replacement and welding applications as needed.
                                                              See Internships section of this catalog for a complete              The emphasis of this course is on properly repairing to
    AB 115. Plastics and Adhesives I. 2 hours credit.         description of these courses.                                       manufacturer’s specifications.
Prerequisites: AB 101 with a C or better. A score of 37 or
above on the reading portion of the ASSET exam, and a              AB 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I, II,             AB 246. Painting and Refinishing: Spray Gun
score of 35 or above on the numerical skills and writing      III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with         Operation II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 126 and AB
portions of the ASSET exam. This course will enable the       on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section            236 with a C or better. This course will enable the student
student to learn the techniques and methods of using          of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.        to build skills in the techniques and methods of painting
plastics and adhesives in the repair of domestic and                                                                              the auto body. The student will experience paint mixing,
foreign manufactured automobiles. Safety during the               AB 232. Non-Structural Analysis and Damage                      matching of colors and different types of paint, and the
mixing and handling of the chemicals will be                  Repair III. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 122 with a C or       operations of a variety of spray guns used in the auto
emphasized. Identification of when and what type of           better. This course is designed to teach the student                body industry.




                                                                                                                                                                                                  Collision
substance to use for repair, how the various plastics are     conventional and unitized body construction. The




                                                                                                                                                                                                    Auto
used by manufacturer’s in their designs will be taught.       emphasis will be placed on replacing and adjusting auto
                                                              panels to the manufacturer’s specifications.



                                                                                                                                                               Course Descriptions 103
       AB 247. Painting and Refinishing: Problem Solving.          AG 108. Feeder Livestock Production Management.               AG 137. Livestock Judging Lab II. 2 hours credit. A
   3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AB 246 with a C or better or   3 hours credit. This course will enable the student to       continuation of Livestock Judging Lab I providing in-depth
   instructor’s consent. This course will enable the student    understand the principles related to effectively managing    training and experience in livestock judging.
   to work with painting and refinishing techniques and         feeder livestock.
   methods of correcting problems encountered during the                                                                         AG 142. Crop and Soil Management. 3 hours credit.
   painting process. The student will study the causes and          AG 109. Breeding Livestock Production                    This course covers production and management practices
   cures of finish defects and learn procedures established     Management. 3 hours credit. This course outlines             of crops and soils commonly found in the Midwest
   to correct them.                                             production techniques relating to breeding livestock.        United States. Topics included are, management of a crop
                                                                Reproduction, nutrition, selection, handling, housing, and   from planting to harvest, soil conservation and fertility,
       AB 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit each.         husbandry practices are included. Two hour                   economic decision making, and plant pest control.
   Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor.      lecture/laboratory and two hours laboratory per week.
   Topics of specific interest to the student will be                                                                            AG 211. Fundamentals of Livestock Nutrition. 3
   developed. These topics will be established by student            AG 110. Farm Animal Artificial Insemination. 1-3        hours credit. A study of the principles of animal nutrition
   needs or requirements. Areas of specific needs will be       hours credit. The theory and practice of modern animal       and their application in livestock feeding. Includes
   pursued and instructional material that lends itself to      artificial insemination. Designed to make the student        nutritive value of feeds, the metabolic processes, and
   current trends or topics that are needed to supplement       proficient in artificial insemination and knowledgeable of   basic ration formulation.
   normal classroom instruction will be offered.                basic reproduction management.
                                                                                                                                 AG 212. Meat Science Fundamentals. 2 hours credit.
       AB 294 and 295. Directed Independent Study in                AG 111. Agriculture in Society. 2 hours credit. This     This class is designed to outline, in detail, the meat
   Auto Collision Repair. 3 hours credit each. Prerequisite:    course will enable the student to understand the history,    industry from the basic concepts of how tissue structures
   2.0 GPA minimum and approval of division dean and            trends, and opportunities in agriculture.                    develop into a carcass, to the final marketing channels of
   instructor. This course is an extension of the Auto                                                                       retail meat cuts. This class will also include the influence
                                                                    AG 120. Agriculture Economics. 3 hours credit. This      society can place on this cycle.
   Collision curriculum and provides a structured learning
                                                                course will enable the student to apply economic
   experience to broaden the student’s comprehension of
                                                                principles to the field of agriculture.                           AG 215. Financial Management Agriculture. 3 hours
   principles and competencies associated with the Auto
                                                                                                                             credit. This course will enable the student to apply
   Collision program. Topics of specific interest to the            AG 133. Livestock Selection I. 3 hours credit. This      financial management principles and practices to the
   student, augmenting and Auto Collision curriculum are        course will enable the student to evaluate livestock to      field of agriculture.
   developed with objectives based on individual student        include comparative judging, grading, classification,
   needs and/or requirements to apply learned skills to out     market types, breeding, and selection of livestock.              AG 216. Livestock Health and Disease. 3 hours
   of class activities or a work-related environment.                                                                        credit. This course is an introduction to the animal health
                                                                    AG 134. Livestock Selection II. 3 hours credit. This     industry and places emphasis on anatomy and
   (AG) AGRICULTURE                                             course increases the intensity of live animal selection      physiology, immunity, and equipment used for treatment
       AG 102. Principles of Animal Science. 3 hours credit.    based on several factors in addition to phenotype. This      and prevention.
   This course will enable the student to understand basic      class focuses primarily on performance data and testing,
   principles in the areas of animal agriculture to include     the relationship of marketing to selection, breeding             AG 217. Marketing Agricultural Products. 3 hours
   types, purposes, and products of livestock, breeding,        programs, and many other selection techniques.               credit. This course is an introduction to the technology,
   nutrition, growth, lactation, reproduction, selection,                                                                    pricing, and supply and demand of agricultural
   management and marketing.                                        AG 136. Livestock Judging Lab I. 2 hours credit.         marketing. Also, analysis of opportunities relating to
                                                                This course is to be taken in conjunction with Livestock     various marketing procedures based on individual
       AG 107. Microcomputers in Agriculture. 3 hours credit.   Selection I by those students desiring in-depth              producer needs is included.
   This course introduces students to the various uses of       experience in livestock judging. The major emphasis of
   microcomputers in agriculture and ag-related areas.          the course is on livestock judging including the                 AG 218. Principles of Futures Markets. 3 hours
   Emphasis is placed on application of microcomputer           presentation and evaluation of oral reasons. A major         credit. This courses offers a study of the principles of
   technology to agriculture business planning, record          portion of class time is spent evaluating and placing        futures markets, types of market transactions, terminology
   keeping, problem solving and general management              live classes of livestock in the field. Collegiate           and market analysis. During the course students will be
   decisions. Basic computer functions, hardware components     competition is included.                                     involved in simulated transactions in the market to gain
   and selection, and software selection are included.                                                                       practical experience.

104 Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Agriculture
   AG 219. Swine Management. 3 hours credit. This                   AG 246. Special Topics. 3 hours credit each.                      AG 285. Livestock Business Management. 3 hours
course studies the principles of economical pork                Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor.           credit. The course analyzes marketing opportunities,
production including breeding, reproduction, nutrition,         Topics of specific interest to the student will be                retained ownership through finishing livestock to
health, housing, and marketing and management of                developed. These topics will be established by student            compositional endpoints, feeding animals in
swine production units.                                         needs or requirements. Areas of specific needs will be            performance trials, and developing females for entry into
                                                                pursued and instructional material that lends itself to           the breeding herd are integrated components of the
    AG 220. Crop Science. 4 hours credit. Study of the          current trends or topics that are needed to supplement            course. The student reviews financial implications
principles of crop production including plant structure         normal classroom instruction will be offered.                     involved in raising livestock providing facilities, waste
and properties, pests and diseases, soil properties, and                                                                          handling, and purchases and sales. Two hours
management practices of common field crops. Three                   AG 247. Equine Production. 3 hours credit. This               lecture/discussion and two hours laboratory per week.
hours lecture/discussion and two hours lab a week.              course is designed to expand on Equine Management
                                                                specifically in the area of reproduction. Topics covered              AG 294 and 295. Directed Independent Study in
    AG 221. Beef Management. 3 hours credit. A course           include, genetics, selection characteristics, selection           Agriculture. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: 2.0 minimum
applying the principles of nutrition, breeding,                 methods, stallion management, brood mare                          GPA and approval of division dean and instructor. This
reproduction and merchandising to beef production.              management, and foal management and development.                  course is an extension of the Agriculture curriculum and
Management systems of raising, growing and finishing                                                                              provides a structured learning experience to broaden the
beef cattle are emphasized.                                          AG 249. Horsemanship. 3 hours credit. Horsemanship           students’ comprehension of principles and competencies
                                                                is designed to explain the knowledge of horses in the             associated with the Agriculture program. Topics of
    AG 230. Range Management. 3 hours credit.                   direction of handling and training. Topics could include:         specific interest to the student, augmenting the
Fundamental ecological principles of production,                styles of riding, conformation of the horse as it relates to      agriculture curriculum are developed with objectives
conservation and utilization of grasslands. Grazing             performance, task, safe methods of handling the horse,            based on individual student needs and/or requirements
capacity, survey methods, management practices and              training principles, and stable management.                       to apply learned skills to out-of-class activities or a work-
grass identification are included.                                                                                                related environment.
                                                                   AG 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
    AG 236. Livestock Judging Lab III. 2 hours credit. A        each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.             (AH) ALLIED HEALTH
continuation of Livestock Judging Labs I and II. This           See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
                                                                                                                                      AH 110. Emergency Medical Technician-Basic. 9
course provides a course for sophomores who are on the          description of these courses.
                                                                                                                                  hours credit. Prerequisite: 17 years of age, current on
Livestock Judging team.
                                                                                                                                  immunizations. Students must also enroll in AH 212. This
                                                                      AG 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
                                                                                                                                  course addresses the information and techniques
    AG 237. Livestock Judging Lab IV. 2 hours credit. A         II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with
                                                                                                                                  currently considered to be the responsibilities of the EMT
continuation of Livestock Judging Labs I and II. This           on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section
                                                                                                                                  according the United States Department of
course follows Livestock Judging III to provide in-depth        of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.
                                                                                                                                  Transportation, National Standard curriculum and the
training and experience in livestock judging.
                                                                                                                                  Kansas Statute authorized Activities for the EMT. The
                                                                    AG 275. Livestock Concepts and Practices. 3 hours
                                                                                                                                  student will learn pre-hospital treatment of traumatic and
    AG 240. Livestock Rations. 3 hours credit. Course           credit. This course focuses on advanced livestock
                                                                                                                                  medical emergencies.
includes the formulation and calculation of livestock           management practices. Included are handling,
rations based on the requirements of the different              reproduction, breeding, nutrition, herd health, and the
                                                                                                                                      AH 113. Activity Director Certification. 3 hours
livestock species and feeding of livestock.                     collection of accurate records. Two hours
                                                                                                                                  credit. This course meets the requirements for activity
                                                                lecture/discussions and two hours laboratory per week.
                                                                                                                                  director as approved by the Kansas State Department of
    AG 245. Horse Science. 3 hours credit. A study of the
                                                                                                                                  Health and Environment. The student will learn to
phases of horse production including types and breeds
                                                                                                                                  develop, implement, evaluate and document activities for
of horses, selection, breeding, nutrition, health, facilities
                                                                                                                                  residents in adult care facilities under the direction of a
and related management practices.
                                                                                                                                  registered occupational therapist consultant.




                                                                                                                                                               Course Descriptions 105
       AH 115. Social Service Designee Certification. 3                 AH 122. Certified Nurse Aide. 5 hours credit. This              AH 205. Medical Records for Long Term Care. 3
   hours credit. This course meets the requirements for             course follows guidelines of the Kansas State Department        hours credit. This course provides the student with the
   social service designee, as approved by the Kansas               of Health and Environment, and prepares the student to          knowledge and skills needed to organize a medical
   Department of Health and Environment. The student will           take the Kansas Certified Nurse Aide examination and            records department under the supervision of an
   learn to develop and implement a social service plan for         work in Kansas Nursing Homes. Course work is classroom          Accredited Medical Records Professional in a long-term
   residents in adult care facilities under the direction of a      and clinical experience in the nursing homes and                care setting, including terminology and documentation
   licensed social worker.                                          includes basic nursing skills and topics on aging.              requirements, confidentiality, legal aspects, and rules
                                                                                                                                    and regulations of the Kansas Department of Health
       AH 116. Activity Director/Social Service Designee.               AH 123. Certified Medication Aide Update. 1 hour            and Environment.
   4 hours credit. This class gives an overview of the bio-         credit. Prerequisite: AH 122 and AH 120 with a C or better.
   psychosocial aging process, common health problems of            This course includes an update and a review of basic                AH 210. Emergency Medical Technician-
   the elderly, health care delivery issues, and an                 principles and skills essential for the administration of       Intermediate. 4 hours credit. Prerequisite: AH 110 and AH
   understanding of the dying process in the elderly. This          medication in Kansas Nursing Homes. Topics include              212 with a C or better. This course will provide advanced
   program will introduce the role of the activity and social       scope of practice of the certified medication aide, drug        training in caring for patients in the pre-hospital setting.
   service departments in resident care, the health care            abuse, pharmacokinetics of new drugs, and                       Classroom, lab and clinical experience will provide
   team concept, communication skills, regulatory                   communication skills.                                           instruction in fluid therapy and initiation of appropriate
   standards, protocols, conflict resolution, and                                                                                   invasive and non-invasive therapy according to pre-
   management principles.                                                AH 124. Restorative Aide. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:    established protocols. Students may take the EMT-I state
                                                                    AH 122 with a C or better, Certified Nurse Aide for Kansas      certification examination after successfully completing
       AH 117. Home Health Aide Certification. 2 hours              Nursing Homes. This course provides the nurse aide with         the course.
   credit. Prerequisite: AH 122 with a C or better, Certified       skills necessary to perform rehabilitation and restorative
   Nurse Aide for Kansas Nursing Homes. Home health                 procedures in adult care homes under the supervision of              AH 212. Emergency Medical Technician-Skills
   aides provide basic health care services to individuals in       a registered physical therapist.                                Evaluation: 3 hours credit. Prerequisites include being 17
   their own home, under the supervision of a registered                                                                            years of age, becoming current on immunizations and
   nurse. After successful completion of the course, the                AH 130. Basic Life Support for Health Care                  concurrent enrollment in AH 212 Emergency Medical
   student is eligible to take the Kansas Home Health Aide          Professionals. 0.5 hour credit. This course will enable         Technician-Basic. This course will enable the student to
   Certification test. Classroom instruction includes topics on     the student to recognize the need and to perform basic          provide assessment and pre-hospital emergency care to
   organization and function of home health agencies, role          cardiac life support to persons in respiratory or cardiac       patients experiencing trauma or medical emergencies
   of home health aide, family reaction to stress, death and        arrest, according to the guidelines of the American             utilizing guidelines from the National Standard Curriculum
   disability; reaction of children to family illness and stress;   Heart Association.                                              and the Kansas Authorized Activities for the EMT. The
   characteristics of mental health; indications of family                                                                          student will practice and be evaluated on the skills
   abuse; caring for a new baby in the home; and food                  AH 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 3 hours credit          required for the assessment and management of
   preparation in the home.                                         each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.           traumatic and medical emergencies. This course can also
                                                                    See Internships section of this catalog for a complete          be taken for continuing education hours for the EMT.
       AH 120. Medication Aide. 5 hours credit.                     description of these courses.
   Prerequisite: AH 122 with a C or better, Certified Nurse                                                                             AH 214. Emergency Medical Technician - Standard
   Aide for Kansas Nursing Homes. This course will enable                AH 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education            Defibrillation (EMT-D). 4 hours credit. Prerequisites: AH
   the student to administer oral and topical medications in        I, II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education   110 and AH 212 with a C or better. The applicant must be
   a safe and accurate manner in an adult care home. At             with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education           an Emergency Medical Technician in good standing with
   completion of the course, the student is eligible to take        section of this catalog for a complete description of           the State of Kansas Board of Emergency Medical Services.
   the Kansas Nursing Home Medication Aide test which is            these courses.                                                  EMT-D is an advanced class for the EMT, providing the
   required for work as a Certified Medication Aide.                                                                                student with knowledge and skills to perform standard
                                                                                                                                    defibrillation on the patient with a life threatening
                                                                                                                                    arrhythmia. The student will learn basic cardiology,
                                                                                                                                    arrhythmia recognition and use of a cardiac monitor.


106 Course Descriptions
    AH 220. ECG Interpretation with Clinical                      (AJ) ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE                                      AJ 116. Juvenile Delinquency and Justice. 3 hours
Application. 2 hours credit. Prerequisites: Instructor                                                                            credit. This course introduces the student to the complex
approval. A systematic approach to interpretation of              POLICE SCIENCE                                                  phenomena of juvenile delinquency and adolescent
electrocardiogram rhythms including patient presentation,             AJ 102. Introduction to Administration of Justice. 3        criminal behavior. Emphasis will be placed on the origins,
nursing care and pharmacotherapy. Rhythms covered                 hours credit. This course is designed primarily for pre-        approaches and theories of juvenile delinquency; the




                                                                                                                                                                                                 of Justice
                                                                  service administrative justice students. An introduction to




                                                                                                                                                                                                   Admin.
include sinus, a trial, junctional and ventricular.                                                                               juvenile justice system, including police and courts; the
Atrioventricular blocks, bundle branch blocks and                 the philosophy and history of law enforcement, identifying      juvenile correctional system; and societal response to the
pacemaker therapy are also covered.                               multiple facets of the administration of justice system,        delinquency problem.
                                                                  including the police, the courts, correctional agencies,
    AH 225. Operator Training for Assisted Living. 2              offenders, and their relation to the individual and to              AJ 117. Criminal Behavior. 3 hours credit. This
hours credit. This course will prepare the student to be an       society. Through visitation and contact with administration     introductory course surveys and exposes the student to
operator of assisted living facilities, residential health care   of justice agencies, the student is acquainted with the         various theories and explanations of the causes of crime
facilities, home plus and adult day care facilities. After        responsibilities and problems of his personal development       in contemporary America. As such, emphasis is placed on
successful completion of the course, the student is               for an administration of justice career.                        the basic psychological, sociological and biological
eligible to take the state exam approved by Kansas                                                                                concepts which may be causative to criminal behavior.
Department of Health and Environment on the principles               AJ 103. Agency Administration. 3 hours credit. This          Emphasis is also placed on explanatory theories for
of assisted living.                                               course is designed for persons employed or interested in        special forms of criminal behavior such as economic,
                                                                  supervisory positions in a police or correctional               political, and violent crimes.
    AH 230. Basis for Spiritual Care. 1 hour credit. This         department or division. It includes current legal and
course will enable the student to explore the basis for the       procedural revisions in personnel matters, modern                   AJ 118. Gang Investigation. 3 hours credit.
role of spirituality in health care. The student will learn       equipment needs, legal matters, and civil disorder tasks.       Prerequisite: AJ 102 with a C or better or instructor
how spirituality effected health care throughout history.
                                                                                                                                  approval. This course examines the origins, structures,
The student will a look at spirituality across various                AJ 104. Law Enforcement Operations and                      operations and problems of urban street gangs. Law
cultures and consider the effects of myth, religion, and          Procedures. 3 hours credit. An introduction to law              enforcement counter measures and the investigation of
gender in spiritual decision making.                              enforcement operation and procedures including police           gang-related crimes are examined.
                                                                  organization and administration. Emphasizes the police
    AH 231. Growth and Development of Spirituality. 1
                                                                  role in society and operational procedures including                AJ 121. Introduction to Forensic Science. 3 hours
hour credit. This course will explore the role of spirituality
                                                                  deployment of personnel, arrest procedures, crime scene         credit. This course will enable the student to understand
in health care. Included will be discussion of spirituality in
                                                                  techniques, and other basic police tactics.                     the basics of career options in forensic science and its
various developmental stages and the development of
one’s spirituality. Components of spiritual growth and                                                                            application in criminal cases through various scientific
                                                                      AJ 109. Introduction to Corrections. 3 hours credit.        forensic disciplines such as pathology, anthropology,
enhancement will be explored.
                                                                  This course is designed to acquaint the new student to          engineering, and bloodstain pattern analysis. A
     AH 232. Life Issues and Spiritual Care. 1 hour credit.       the correctional field as a function of the administration      background in natural sciences is not necessary.
Prerequisites: AH 230 and AH 231 with a C or better. The          of justice. Historical and contemporary trends will be
role of spirituality within ethical frameworks will be            explored within the various agencies involved with                 AJ 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
considered. The student will review spiritual assessment          corrections work.                                               each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
tools and select the tool for use in his/her practice                                                                             See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
setting. The spiritual needs of individual experiencing              AJ 114. Introduction to Security. 3 hours credit. This       description of these courses.
illness and death will be discussed.                              course will cover: history, nature and scope of private
                                                                  security in modern society, the basic principles of physical         AJ 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I, II,
    AH 233. Spiritual Care in Grief and Loss. 1 hour credit.      security, internal loss prevention, defensive systems, force    III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with
Prerequisites: AH 230 and AH 231 both with a C or better.         prevention and safety, and the security function in the         on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section
This course will explore the spiritual care of the individual     corporate structure. Operations and career opportunities        of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.
experiencing the loss of a significant nature. Included will      exemplified in such specific areas as retail, hospital, cargo
be the individuals response to mass casualty loss.                and computer security and security services, contract or
                                                                  proprietary, will also be discussed.

                                                                                                                                                               Course Descriptions 107
       AJ 202. Law Enforcement in the Community. 3                  AJ 213. Criminal Law and Evidence. 3 hours credit.            AR 110. Fundamentals of Art. 3 hours credit. A
   hours credit. This course is designed to acquaint the        This course is designed primarily for the criminal justice    course for the beginning student which emphasizes a
   student with the challenge of developing and                 student with minimal legal background desiring to             general background in art and affords an opportunity to
   maintaining meaningful police/community relationships.       explore the criminal law focusing on the rules and use of     explore the processes of drawing, painting, designing
   Topics of discussion include public/community relations,     evidence in criminal proceedings. Emphasis is placed          and creating through other media and basic techniques.
   community policing, crime prevention programs,               upon federal and state rules of evidence, various types of    Art history will also be integrated with each project.
   police/media relations, and special issues associated with   evidence, legal issues essential to the collection, and       Direction in creative experiences will be given for the
   juveniles, the elderly, and cultural diversity.              seizure of admissible evidence, and legal interrogation.      elementary teacher.

        AJ 204. Criminal Law. 3 hours credit. An intensive           AJ 215. Constitutional Criminal Procedures. 3 hours          AR 115. Fiber Exploration. 3 hours credit. The
   study of the laws which legal officers must uphold is        credit. The scope of criminal courts and the justice system   purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with the
   conducted. Laws are categorized into major areas such as     is studied. Subjects include: the charging decision, the      basic techniques of macramé, weaving and other related
   crimes against persons, against property, and against        formal charges, grand jury, preliminary hearings,             fiber manipulations. The historical background of these
   society. Each of these areas is covered by studying          arraignment, suppression hearings, competency hearing,        fiber techniques will be studied.
   specific crimes under each type, describing what             burden of proof, plea bargaining, court and jury trials,
   constitutes a violation and showing the evidence the law     sentencing, habeas corpus, appeal and other post-                AR 118. Jewelry Design I. 3 hours credit. A beginning
   agency needs to support a charge in court. The rights of     conviction remedies, procedure to grant and to revoke         course in studio work in various kinds of metals. Techniques
   citizens as interpreted by courts are emphasized to guide    probation or parole, rules of evidence, and an overview of    and skills will be taught to the beginning student.
   officers in performing their duties. Considerable use is     criminal process of adult and juvenile criminal cases from
   made of invited speakers from the county attorney’s          the request for prosecution through post-trial remedies.          AR 120. Stained Glass Design I. 3 hours credit. An
   office, attorneys from the bar association, officers from                                                                  introduction to the philosophy of design, design
   KBI, FBI, and local law agencies.                                AJ 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.               execution and technique differentiation which are used
                                                                Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of      in historical and contemporary applications of stained
       AJ 211. Criminal Investigation. 3 hours credit.          specific interest to the student will be developed. These     glass. Emphasis is on conceptualizing within the medium.
   Prerequisite: AJ 102 with a C or better or instructor        topics will be established by the student’s needs or
   approval. This course presents a comprehensive overview      requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued             AR 121. Two-Dimensional Design. 3 hours credit.
   of the fundamentals of criminal investigation.               and instructional material that lends itself to current       This course will enable the student to apply the elements,
   Investigative techniques in crime detection, criminal        trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom        principles and vocabulary of design to two-dimensional
   apprehension and prosecution, collection and use of          instruction will be offered.                                  studio arts and graphic design. Emphasis is placed on the
   evidence and information, and detailed coverage of                                                                         tools and techniques of the graphic designer..
   specific crimes are addressed in this course.                (AR) ART
                                                                    AR 100. Art Appreciation. 3 hours credit. The                 AR 122. Fundamentals of Three-Dimensional
       AJ 212. Criminology. 3 hours credit. The course is       purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with the    Design. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AR 121 with a C or
   offered for the beginning student in criminology and         many aspects of the visual arts. The student will be          better or instructor approval. This course is an
   provides an overview of the field that students will find    guided in developing a personal set of standards for          introduction to the vocabulary, basic concepts, material
   easy to comprehend, interesting and useful in                judging art and understanding the various aspects of art      and techniques, elements of form, and principles of
   confronting the challenges of today’s world. There will be   in our lives; the language of art; exploration of the         order will be examined through the three dimensional art
   two themes central to the course: (1) history and (2)        various technical and formal aspects of art media (e.g.       areas of sculpture, architecture, metalwork, glass design,
   societal reactions to crime. The course will be offered in   painting, printmaking, photography, sculpture,                ceramics, fiberwork and/or product design.
   such a manner that the student will have the opportunity     architecture, etc.); and the history of art from ancient
   to contemplate alternative ideologies while assessing the    times to the present.                                             AR 141. Drawing and Composition I. 3 hours credit.
   impact of both the crime scene and criminology.                                                                            This is a foundation course emphasizing the basic
                                                                                                                              elements in drawing. Students will explore the various
                                                                                                                              tools and techniques associated with the drawing
                                                                                                                              medium. Students pursuing a major in art should enroll
                                                                                                                              in AR 141 their first semester.


108 Course Descriptions
    AR 142. Drawing and Composition II. 3 hours                    AR 220. Stained Glass Design II. 3 hours credit.               AR 275. Computer Graphics II. 3 hours credit.
credit. Prerequisite: AR 141 with a C or better. Drawing II    Prerequisite: AR 120 with a C or better. This course deals     Prerequisite: AR 185 with a C or better. This course
is an advanced course in drawing. Students will explore        with the exploration of design in stained glass. The           involves a study of the basics of animation, drawing,
the various tools and techniques associated with the           student will be expected to create original designs and        painting, and advanced animation techniques by way of
drawing medium.                                                translate them into actual stained glass pieces.               computer graphics. Computer Graphics assignments are
                                                                                                                              an integral part of the course.
    AR 143. Printmaking I. 3 hours credit. A general               AR 232. Sculpture. 3 hours credit. Studio approach to
introduction to printmaking with an emphasis on the            basic three-dimensional concepts. Various materials will be        AR 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
intaglio process. Other areas within the realm of              used in projects designed to develop a basic understanding     Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
printmaking will be discussed.                                 of three-dimensional forms and spatial concepts.               specific interest to the student will be developed. These
                                                                                                                              topics will be established by the student’s needs or
    AR 144. Printmaking II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AR       AR 241. Life Drawing. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AR     requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
143 with a C or better. An advanced study in printmaking.      141 with a C or better. Quite possibly the most crucial        and instructional material that lends itself to current




                                                                                                                                                                                            Art
                                                               time period in the drawing career of most art students is      trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom
   AR 161. Ceramics I. 3 hours credit. The course is           the first semester’s experience in figure drawing. The         instruction will be offered.
designed to introduce the student to the basic methods         complex machine known as the human body can
and techniques of ceramics.                                    become a prohibitive, almost unconquerable drawing in          (AT) AUTO TECHNOLOGY
                                                               these formative weeks. The purpose of this class is to
                                                                                                                                  AT 101. Engine Performance I. 4 hours credit.
   AR 182. Design in the Home. 3 hours credit. The             eliminate as many erroneous preconceptions as possible
                                                                                                                              Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading
course is designed to expose the student to various            while directing the student toward a clarified,
                                                                                                                              portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on
problems dealing with good interior decor of the home.         conscientious application of his/her ability to observe and
                                                                                                                              the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET
                                                               record the human form.
                                                                                                                              exam. This course will enable the student to be
    AR 185. Computer Graphics I. 3 hours credit.
                                                                                                                              introduced to the engine performance field. Engine
Prerequisite: AR 141 and AR 121 with a C or better. A basic        AR 251. Painting I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AR 141
                                                                                                                              design and operation, combustion control methods,
introduction to the elements of computer graphics.             with a C or better. An introductory course to painting. Oil
                                                                                                                              engine support systems, basic automotive science,
Students become familiar with developing graphic               painting will be given the most emphasis.
                                                                                                                              measuring systems and tools will be covered as a part of
imagery with various computer software packages. The
                                                                                                                              this course.
students will explore various graphic designs used in              AR 252. Painting II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AR
business/industry as well as the fine arts.                    251 with a C or better. Advanced study in painting with
                                                                                                                                  AT 102. Auto Electrical Systems I. 3 Credit Hours.
                                                               various painting media.
                                                                                                                              Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading
   AR 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
                                                                                                                              portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on
each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.              AR 262. Ceramics II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AR
                                                                                                                              the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET
See Internships section of this catalog for a complete         161 with a C or better. An advanced course in ceramic
                                                                                                                              exam. This course will enable the student to understand
description of these courses.                                  techniques. Individual exploration will be encouraged.
                                                                                                                              the principles upon which all electrical systems are based.
                                                                                                                              The student will be able to define OHM and Kirchoff’s laws
     AR 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,            AR 270. Art Projects, I, II, III, IV (AR 270, 271, 272,
                                                                                                                              and apply them to automotive circuits. The student will be
II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education     273). 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. The
                                                                                                                              able to define the terminology and symbols utilized in
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education          purpose of each course is to acquaint the student with
                                                                                                                              automotive circuits. The student will learn about
section of this catalog for a complete description of          different areas of art. The principle objective of each
                                                                                                                              automotive battery construction, chemistry and testing
these courses.                                                 course is for independent study for the student who has
                                                                                                                              procedures, and semiconductor /electronic circuit
                                                               had the available courses in a studio area. Example: A
                                                                                                                              principles.
    AR 218. Jewelry Design II. 3 hours credit.                 student who has finished Ceramics I and II but wants to
Prerequisite: AR 118 with a C or better. An advanced           attain more information and skill may do so in an
course in working with various kinds of metals with more       independent lab experience.
sophisticated form and craftsmanship emphasized.


                                                                                                                                                          Course Descriptions 109
       AT 103. Automotive Brakes I. 3 hours credit.                 AT 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit           AT 205. Auto Electrical Systems IV. 3 hours credit.
   Prerequisite: AT 101 with a C or better, a score of 37 or     each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.          Prerequisite: AT 202 with a C or better. This course is
   above on the reading portion of the ASSET exam, and a         See Internships section of this catalog for a complete         designed to examine the components and circuitry
   score of 35 or above on the numerical skills and writing      description of these courses.                                  associated with auxiliary electrical circuits. Horn,
   portions of the ASSET exam. This course will enable the                                                                      wiper/washer, heated glass, door/trunk locks and
   student to establish the hydraulic and mechanical                  AT 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,        supplemental restraint systems are included in this course
   principles utilized in automotive braking systems.            II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education     of study.
   Hydraulic system diagnosis, disc, drum, wheel bearing         with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
   and parking brake service procedures are established.         section of this catalog for a complete description of              AT 206. Suspension and Steering II. 3 hours credit.
   The student will acquire disc and drum measuring and          these courses.                                                 Prerequisite: AT 203 with a C or better. Suspension system
   machining techniques.                                                                                                        component operation, diagnosis and service, alignment
                                                                      AT 201. Engine Performance III. 3 hours credit.           principles, diagnosis and services are covered. Additional
       AT 104. Engine Performance II. 3 hours credit.            Prerequisite: AT 104 with a C or better. This course will      noise, vibration diagnosis and correction procedures are
   Prerequisite: AT 101 with a C or better, a score of 37 or     enable the student to diagnose and repair computerized         included in the course.
   above on the reading portion of the ASSET exam, and a         engine control systems. The student will examine
   score of 35 or above on the numerical skills and writing      computer control functions, control circuits, and memory           AT 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit each.
   portions of the ASSET exam. This course will enable the       in relation to sensor and actuator circuitry. Sensor           Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor.
   student to diagnose the problems encountered within           operating parameters and diagnosis are examined.               Topics of specific interest to the student will be
   the ignition, evaporative control, and intake air                                                                            developed. These topics will be established by student
   temperature control systems. The student will                     AT 202. Auto Electrical Systems III. 3 hours credit.       needs or requirements. Areas of specific needs will be
   comprehend the operation and control of these systems         Prerequisite: AT 105 with a C or better. This course will      pursued and instructional material that lends itself to
   and their relationship to vehicle emissions.                  enable the student to diagnose and repair customer             current trends or topics that are needed to supplement
                                                                 complaints related to lighting, gauge function, and driver     normal classroom instruction will be offered.
       AT 105. Auto Electrical Systems II. 2 hours credit.       information systems. The utilization of diagrams and
   Prerequisite: AT 102 with a C or better, a score of 37 or     schematics in the diagnosis and repair procedure is                AT 294 and 295. Directed Independent Study in
   above on the reading portion of the ASSET exam, and a         emphasized in this course.                                     Auto Technology. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: 2.0 GPA
   score of 35 or above on the numerical skills and writing                                                                     and approval of division dean and instructor. This course
   portions of the ASSET exam. This course will enable the           AT 203. Suspension and Steering I. 3 hours credit,         is an extension of the automotive curriculum and
   student to learn the starting and changing systems that       Prerequisite: AT 106. This course will enable the student to   provides a structured learning experience to broaden the
   are presented in depth. The student will study motor          diagnose and repair steering systems. The study will           students’ comprehension of principles and competencies
   principles, alternating current generation, rectifications,   examine steering component operation, diagnosis and            associated with the automotive program. Topics of
   component and systems testing. The student will perform       repair procedures. Steering complaints due to tires,           specific interest to the student, augmenting the
   testing on and off the vehicle.                               linkages, columns, manual and power steering systems,          automotive curriculum, are developed with objectives
                                                                 couplings and mounts will be examined.                         based on individual student needs and/or requirements
       AT 106. Automotive Brakes II. 3 hours credit.
                                                                                                                                to apply learned skills to out of class activities or a work-
   Prerequisite: AT 103 with a C or better, a score of 37 or
                                                                     AT 204. Engine Performance IV. 3 hours credit.             related environment.
   above on the reading portion of the ASSET exam, and a
                                                                 Prerequisite: AT 201 with a C or better. This course
   score of 35 or above on the numerical skills and writing
                                                                 establishes fuel requirements, fuel delivery, storage and
   portions of the ASSET exam. This course will enable the
                                                                 evaporative control systems. Exhaust emissions, air
   student to diagnose and repair brake system complaints
                                                                 induction and electronically controlled fuel delivery
   related to anti-lock and/or brake boost
                                                                 system principles are established. Exhaust analysis vs.
   problems/malfunction. Initially the student will explore
                                                                 exhaustion efficiency is also examined.
   power brakes operation, diagnosis and service
   procedures and conclude with the study of anti-lock
   braking systems components, operation and diagnostics.
   The student will compare Kelsey Hayes, Bosch, Teves, and
   Delco systems.

110 Course Descriptions
(BA) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION                                          BA 109. Small Business Management. 3 hours                     BA 121. Working: Workplace Basics for Non-
                                                                  credit. This course will enable the student to gain an         Supervisory Employees. 2 hours credit. This course
ACCOUNTING MARKETING                                              understanding of the issues and strategies involved in         provides basic human interaction skills necessary to
                                                                  starting and managing a small business. Through the use        succeed in business. Topics covered are, listening, giving
& MANAGEMENT                                                      of discussion, exercises, and case studies, the student will   feedback, taking on a new assignment, requesting help,
    BA 103. Principles of Advertising. 3 hours credit. This       walk through the steps required to develop a business          getting your point across, participating in meetings,
course is designed to give the student an introduction to         plan including marketing, organizing, financing,               keeping your boss informed, resolving issues with others,
the field of advertising, its relation and role in the field of   controlling, and managing risk.                                positive responses to negative situations, working
marketing, various types of media, and the current trends                                                                        smarter, dealing with changes and being a team player.
in advertising techniques. Emphasis is placed on the                  BA 110. Introduction to Business. 3 hours credit. This
importance of research planning, significance of                  course will enable students to learn about the stock              BA 122. Introduction to Self-Employment Training. 1
behavioral sciences, and the effectiveness of advertising         market, personnel management, leadership and                   hour credit. This course provides an introduction to self-
programs. Each student will be actively involved in the           motivational techniques. This course is a survey of the        employment. Participants are given guidance in assessing
actual preparation of various types of advertising.               functions of business, a comparison of the forms of            personal strengths and weaknesses as they relate to
                                                                  organizations, methods of administration, and the              being self-employed. They are also directed to look at the
    BA 104. Information Processing Systems. 3 hours               interdependence of production, distribution and finance        community environment in which they will be doing
credit. Requirement: Students must have a typing speed            in modern business.                                            business in order to assess the viability, feasibility and
of at least 20 words per minute (a pretest will be given).                                                                       potential profitability of their business idea. They are




                                                                                                                                                                                               Technology
This course will enable the student to learn to use                    BA 111. Free Enterprise. 2 hours credit. This course      encouraged to develop a success-oriented attitude and
                                                                  will enable the student to develop leadership, teamwork,




                                                                                                                                                                                                  Auto
popular applications software including word processing,                                                                         challenged to reconsider their views regarding
spreadsheet analysis, database management, and the                and communication skills through learning, practicing,         competition, self-monitoring, learning and excellence.
Windows operating system. This is a practical applications        and teaching the principles of free enterprise.
course in the study of information processing systems.                                                                               BA 126. Accounting I. 3 hours credit. This course will
                                                                       BA 112. Personal Finance. 3 hours credit. This course     enable the student to perform basic bookkeeping
This course is designed for students with an interest in          will enable the student to understand the principles and
computers and those working toward any degree.                                                                                   functions upon completion. The theory and practice of
                                                                  practices of money management, consumer credit,                modern accounting, financial statements, controlling
                                                                  savings, investments, taxation, and consumer protection.       accounts, columnar journals, ledgers and the complete
    BA 105. Fundamentals of Purchasing. 1 hour credit.
This course introduces students to the basics of                       BA 115. Business Law I. 3 hours credit. This course       accounting cycle are covered. Notes receivable, notes
purchasing as practiced in contemporary business                  will enable the student to understand the evolution of         payable, inventory systems and depreciation methods are
environments. The course focuses on the purchasing                law and the judicial system as well as contract law. Case      also covered. This course will enable the student to
process and on how the strategic role of the purchasing           studies will allow the student to apply the principles to      complete and understand the entire accounting cycle.
professional impacts the organization.                            everyday situations as well as the business environment.           BA 127. Accounting II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BA
    BA 106. Fundamentals of Budgeting. 1 hour credit.                                                                            126 with a C or better. This course will enable the student
                                                                      BA 116. Business Law II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:     to perform basic bookkeeping functions for a partnership
This course introduces the student to the function of             BA115 with a grade of C or better. This course will
budgeting in planning and control. It builds on basic                                                                            or corporation and perform basic managerial accounting.
                                                                  enable student to understand the application of law in         This course introduces accounting for partnerships and
knowledge with specific information on budgeting in               the following areas: personal property, debtor-creditor
retail, service, manufacturing, and non-profit                                                                                   corporations, including analysis of financial statements,
                                                                  risk management, employment, and business                      and basic concepts of managerial and cost accounting.
organizations. This course enables the nonfinancial               organization. Case studies will allow the student to
manager to develop cost-effective budgets using easy-to-          apply these principles to everyday situations as well as           BA 128. 3D Computer Animation I. 3 hours credit.
understand budgeting techniques.                                  the business environment.                                      This course will enable to student to gain an
                                                                                                                                 understanding of the basics of 3D computer modeling
                                                                      BA 117. Income Tax Fundamentals. 3 hours credit.           and animation. Through the use of exercises, projects,
                                                                  This course will enable the student to understand the          discussions, and examples, the student will learn how to
                                                                  individual income tax return in depth, as well as give the     use the tools of a 3D modeling and animation software
                                                                  student an introduction to the business tax return.            package, learning how to create and animate objects and
                                                                                                                                 scenes from scratch.
                                                                                                                                                             Course Descriptions 111
       BA 129. Writing a Business Plan. 2 hours credit. This           BA 203. Merchandising. 3 hours credit. This course will        BA 215. Personal Selling. 3 hours credit. This course
   course is designed to help the student develop an idea         enable the student to gain an understanding of the             will enable the student to communicate with prospective
   for a business by researching, writing, and presenting a       strategies employed by retailers to gain and retain            customers to understand their needs, match those needs
   business plan for the purposes of securing funding and         customers, employees and vendors. Through the use of           with the appropriate product or service and present an
   guiding the creation of a new business.                        terminology, exercises and case studies, the student will be   effective presentation. Through the use of terminology,
                                                                  able gain an understanding of procedures and methods of        practice in role-plays and an understanding of the
       BA 140. Introduction to Marketing. 3 hours credit.         buying merchandise, display and promotion, inventory           appropriate approaches and strategies, the student will
   This course will enable the student to gain an                 control, budgeting, and methods of figuring price.             gain an understanding of the opportunities in the field of
   understanding of the issues and strategies involved in                                                                        personal selling and what it takes to be successful.
   marketing for organizations. Through the use of                     BA 204. Managerial Accounting. 3 hours credit.
   discussion, exercises, and case studies, the student will      Prerequisites: BA126 and BA127 with a C or better. This             BA 219. Cyber Marketing. 3 hours credit. This course
   gain an understanding of the planning and execution of         course will enable the student to perform basic                will enable the student to explore the transition from
   conception, pricing, promotion, and distribution of            managerial accounting functions, such as revenue               traditional marketing methodologies to digitally based
   goods, ideas, and services.                                    expectations, and cost control. This course covers the         techniques. Through the use of discussion, exercises, and
                                                                  theory and concepts of managerial accounting. Emphasis         case studies, the student will be able to give a critical
       BA 143. Field Study I. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:       is placed on preparation and the use of financial data for
   Enrollment in the Marketing and Management Program.                                                                           appraisal of the strategies necessary to conduct e-
                                                                  planning and decision making purposes.                         commerce within the emergence of a global marketplace.
   The student will work in business or industry in the area
   of personal interest or career goals an average of 15              BA 206. Intermediate Accounting. 3 hours credit.
   hours per week and will be paid by the employer at the         Prerequisites: BA 126 and BA 127 with a C or better. This          BA 220. Business Ethics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   average hourly prevalent wage. The students will               course will enable the student to expand on his/her basic      6 hours credit of business courses or instructor consent.
   complete detailed reports of their field training and          financial accounting skills. An in-depth study of financial    This course provides the student opportunities to
   attend regular conferences with the director/coordinator.      accounting will be covered, with concentration on              investigate the operative relationship existing between
   This program is in cooperation with the Kansas State           recognition and measurement of income. Asset                   theoretical moral philosophy and the decision-making
   Board of Vocational Education.                                 accounting and the application of Generally Accepted           process in the business environment. The dilemma of
                                                                  Accounting Principles (GAAP) to financial statements           business leadership is studied as a function of
       BA 144. Field Study II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite: BA   published for external distribution is also studied.           management style.
   143 with a C or better. This is a continuation of BA 143.
                                                                      BA 210. Principles of Management. 3 hours credit.              BA 225. Computer Advertising Design. 3 hours
       BA 145. Call Center Communications. 5 hours                                                                               credit. This course will enable the student to design and
   credit. This course provides pre-employment training for       This course will enable students to develop short and
                                                                  long-range plans to effectively accomplish organizational      produce creative advertisements for print, radio, and
   people who are interested in working in a call center. The                                                                    television using a personal computer. The course will
   content is organized around the competencies needed            goals. Through the use of terminology, exercises and
                                                                  case studies, students will be able to give a critical         emphasize the effective composition of verbal/visual
   to perform in the call center workplace: basic skills,                                                                        messages designed for publication and broadcast
   keyboarding functions in the Windows environment               appraisal of real life situations involving organizing,
                                                                  staffing and motivating others. The student will also learn    through the use of basic layout elements and design.
   including mouse control, basic data entry, correct
   telephone usage and etiquette, effective sales, customer       tools to aid in problem solving, valuing diversity, and
                                                                  coping with change.                                                BA 228. 3D Computer Animation II. 3 hours credit.
   service, geography, workplace expectations, and job                                                                           Prerequisite: BA128 or instructor approval. This course will
   seeking skills.                                                     BA 211. Microcomputer Accounting Applications. 3          enable to student to build on the basics of 3D Computer
       BA 184. Human Resource Management. 3 hours                 hours credit. Prerequisite: BA126. Students use commercial     Animation one to gain an understanding of more
   credit. This course will enable the student to understand      accounting software to apply principles and procedures of      advanced features of computer modeling and
   the basic functions of human resource managers and             accrual accounting. In addition to the complete                animation. Through the use of exercises, projects,
   their role in establishing high performance work teams.        accounting cycle, accounts receivable, accounts payable,       discussions, and examples, the student will learn how to
   The student will learn how to apply employment law and         payroll, inventory, fixed assets, and job costs are covered.   create character movements and deformations, add
   various pay for performance systems.                           Comparative financial statements are prepared and              special effects such as hair and particle effects, and
                                                                  analyzed. This course is designed to enhance students’         make use of compositing techniques.
                                                                  skills in the use of current accounting technologies.

112 Course Descriptions
    BA 229. Coaching for Top Performance. 1 hour                ISO 9001:2000. The ISO 9000 series standards and this            BE 100. Keyboarding. 1 hour credit. This course will
credit. This course provided students with the skills           course are designed to provide an understanding of the       enable the student to key by touch—without looking at
needed to motivate employees to improve performance             ISO 9000 standards; a guide to registration to the ISO       fingers or keyboard. The student will key easy paragraph
and correct behavior.                                           standards, a guide to registration as a Lead Auditor or      copy smoothly and fluently at a minimum rate of 14 wpm
                                                                Auditor; proven audit techniques to apply immediately;       on a two-minute timing with 5 or fewer errors.
   BA 243. Field Study III. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:       and “how to” information conveyed by lecture,
BA 144 with a C or better. This is an extension and             discussions and a realistic case study in which the             BE 101. Elementary Typewriting. 3 hours credit. This
continuation of BA 144.                                         participant is the author. This course is additionally       course will enable the student to key by touch, develop
                                                                certified and registered by the IQA/RBA of the United        speed and accuracy, use correct typing techniques, and
    BA 244. Field Study IV. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite: BA    Kingdom and is recognized by the U.S. Registration           properly format letters, memorandums, short
243 with a C or better. This is an extension and                Accreditation Board.                                         manuscripts, tables, and employment documents.
continuation of BA 243.
                                                                    BA 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                  BE 102. Document Processing/Keyboarding. 3 hours
    BA 245. Advanced Computer Applications. 3 hours             Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of     credit. Requirement: Keyboarding speed of at least 40
credit. Prerequisite: BA104 or BE 165, BE170, and BE 180, all   specific interest to the student will be developed. These    wpm. This course will enable the student to develop a
with a C or better or successful completion of the              topics will be established by student needs or               higher speed and a greater degree of accuracy. Those skills
placement exam. This course will enable the student to          requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued        that are essential to any computer user are studied
gain advanced skills in word processing, spreadsheet, and       and instructional material that lends itself to current      including proper formatting of all types of office
database programs that are not covered in other courses.        trends or topics that are needed to supplement normal        correspondence plus forms, desktop publishing, web
Students will use advanced features such as creating            classroom instruction will be offered.                       pages, and templates.
hypertext, generating form letters, managing workbooks,
data tables, developing forms, building complex reports,            BA 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit         BE 103. Keyboard Skillbuilding. 3 hours credit.
macros, and customizing presentations. The course is            each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See    Requirement: Students must be able to type-by-touch
designed to prepare students to pass the Expert level of        Internships section of this catalog for a complete           before taking this course. This course will enable the
the Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) certification exam.       description of these courses.                                student to gain in speed and accuracy by applying




                                                                                                                                                                                             Business
                                                                                                                             systematic practice on a computer keyboard. Diagnostic
    BA 252. Directed Studies. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:          BA 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,      software is used to determine the student’s starting point
Approval of dean and instructor. The student will contract      II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education   and areas needed to improve. Successful completion of
with the instructor to complete specified work on one or        with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education        this course is measured by an increase in words per
more topic areas related to the subject. Topics, nature of      section of this catalog for a complete description of        minute, and a decrease in errors per minute. It is strongly
work and depth of study will be arranged in consultation        these courses.                                               recommended that BE100 be taken if the student does not
with instructor at the beginning of the semester.                                                                            key at a rate of at least 30 wpm using the touch method.

     BA 262. Registered ISO 9000 Lead Auditor Training
                                                                (BE) BUSINESS SYSTEMS                                             BE 105. Executive Documents/Keyboarding. 3 hours
                                                                                                                             credit. Prerequisite: BE102 with a C or better. Requirement:
for Certification (IATCA2858) 2.5 hours credit. ISO 9000        TECHNOLOGY                                                   Keyboarding speed of at least 50 wpm. This course will
Internal Auditor experience strongly recommended. This               BE 060. Computer Basics. 1 hour credit. This course     enable the student to develop creativeness and originality,
course will enable the student to fulfill the training          will enable the student to obtain competency in basic        follow directions, edit rough drafts, compose and design
requirements of the International Standards                     computer operation. This class is for the student who has    letters, award certificates, newsletters, templates and
Organization’s National Registration Scheme for                 never used a computer or has limited use of the              labels, create arrangements of tables, make charts and
Assessors of Quality Systems. Registration as a Lead            Windows system. Topics covered include computer              graphs, and many other office activities. Additional areas of
Auditor of ISO 9000:2000 standards requires that                systems, operating systems, processing speed, computer       concentration consist of proper grammar, punctuation,
individuals take a required course and pass an                  literacy, basic mouse and keyboard usage, floppy disk        spelling, capitalization, number and word usage.
examination. The student will receive classroom training        media, CD-ROM media, proper CD handling, shut down
and instruction in accordance with guidelines described         process, drive letters, file names and directories, and
in ISO 10011, “Quality System Audits,” and in accordance        computer storage.
with recently issued standards commonly referred to as

                                                                                                                                                          Course Descriptions 113
       BE 106. Legal Documents/Keyboarding. 3 hours                     BE 120. Business English. 3 hours credit. This course            BE 130. Business Communications. 3 hours credit.
   credit. Prerequisite: BE102 and BE204 with a C or better.       will enable the student to master language principles for        Prerequisite: Combined score of 80 on the Writing and
   Requirement: Keyboarding speed of at least 50 wpm. This         the information age. The student will develop language           Reading portion of the ASSET test with a score of at least
   course will enable the student to be familiar with legal        skills at the same time he/she is gaining computer               40 on the Writing portion, or EG060 with a C or better. This
   forms and terminology. Areas from which forms are taken         expertise. The student will gain expertise in language           course will enable the student to develop communication
   include real estate and property transfers, litigation, wills   fundamentals, grammar usage, punctuation,                        skills that will be effective in job placement, performance,
   and estates, and corporations.                                  capitalization, and number style. This course will prepare       career advancement, and organizational success. Focus of
                                                                   the student to apply the fundamentals of English to those        the class will be on developing basic writing skills through
       BE 107. Medical Documents/Keyboarding. 3 hours              occupations that specifically record the spoken word such        practice with meaningful feedback. Additionally, listening,
   credit. Prerequisite: BE102 and BE201 with a C or better.       as realtime reporting and medical transcription.                 nonverbal, and speaking skills will be covered. Students will
   Requirement: Keyboarding speed of at least 50 wpm. This                                                                          learn effective communication skills necessary for success
   course will enable the student to be familiar with medical           BE 121. Business Math/10-Key. 2 hours credit.               in today’s technology-driven business environment.
   forms and terminology. Areas from which forms are taken         Prerequisite: A score of 41 or above on the numerical
   include scheduling appointments, establishing and               skills portion of the ASSET exam or MA050 with a C or                BE 142. Transcribing Machines, Medical. 3 hours
   maintaining patient records, coding procedures and              better. This course will enable the student to combine           credit. Prerequisites: BE107 and BE201 with a C or better.
   diagnoses, and typing of medical correspondence.                business math and the 10-key using the computer. It is a         Requirement: Students must be typing at least 50 wpm
                                                                   laboratory course concentrating on areas such as,                before enrolling in this course. This course will enable
       BE 108. Records Management. 3 hours credit.                 fractions, percentages, pricing merchandise, payroll,            the student to perform the necessary skills to transcribe
   Prerequisite: BE 180or BA 104 with a C or better.               interest, banking, and credit.                                   medical dictation with speed and accuracy. It is
   Requirement: The student should be competent in basic                                                                            designed to train transcriptionists for clinics, hospitals,
   computer operation. This course will enable the student             BE 125. Medical Billing/Coding. 3 hours credit.              and medical centers.
   to understand the initiation and maintenance of a cost-         Prerequisite: BE201 with a C or better. This course will
   effective information records management program,               enable the student to develop a basic knowledge of the                BE 145. Voice Recognition. 1 hour credit. This course
   including creation, retrieval, retention, transfer and          national diagnostic and procedural coding systems and            will enable the student to learn voice typing techniques
   disposition. Emphasis will be placed on filing systems and      to simplify the process of filing claim forms. It will           to increase productivity, help avoid injury, and improve
   procedures, records storage and control, and use of             introduce the student to the major nationwide medical            writing and communication skills. Students will learn
   equipment. Students will need typing or keyboard                insurance programs.                                              applications of voice recognition for school and career.
   knowledge. Managing records on the microcomputer will                                                                                 BE 150. Work Experience I. 2 hours credit. This course
   also be covered.                                                    BE126. Computerized Medical Billing/Coding. 3
                                                                   hours credit. Prerequisite: BE201 with a C or better.            will enable the student to work in selected stations under
                                                                   Requirement: Before enrolling in the course, the student         the supervision of a coordinator. Detailed reports of the
        BE 109. Personal Development for Life and Work. 1                                                                           student’s job experience will be completed. The student
   hours credit. This course will enable the student to            should be competent in basic computer operation. This
                                                                   course will enable the student to use a computerized             must be enrolled in 12 hours and be able to work 10-20
   recognize the important role personal qualities play in                                                                          hours per week. Regular conferences between the
   the work environment and to develop the success                 account and medical management recordkeeping
                                                                   software program.                                                student and the coordinator will be scheduled. Monthly
   attitudes, interpersonal skills, and values that are in                                                                          reports will be filled out and handed to the coordinator
   demand by employers. The student will build personality                                                                          about any concerns with the job.
   traits, work habits, thinking and self-management skills            BE 127. Advanced Coding for the Physician Office. 3
   through a focus self-improvement program. Six units may         hours credit. Prerequisite: BE201 and BE125 with a C or better        BE 151. Work Experience II. 2 hours credit.
   be covered: success identity, communications,                   or consent of instructor. This course will enable the student    Prerequisite: BE150. This course will enable the student to
   interpersonal relationships, productivity, social               to accurately assign ICD-9-CM diagnosis codes, CPT               work in selected stations under the supervision of a
   conscience, and career development.                             procedure codes and modifiers, and HCPCS codes for the           coordinator. Detailed reports of the student’s job
                                                                   physician office. This course will aid in providing background   experience will be completed. The student must be
                                                                   toward completing national coding certification testing.         enrolled in 12 hours and be able to work 10-20 hours per
                                                                                                                                    week. Regular conferences between the student and the
                                                                                                                                    coordinator will be scheduled. Monthly reports will be
                                                                                                                                    filled out and handed to the coordinator about any
                                                                                                                                    concerns with their job.
114 Course Descriptions
    BE 160. Beginning Computer Concepts. 3 hours                  BE 175. Microcomputer Applications I, Presentation            BE 202. Business Procedures. 3 hours credit.
credit. Topics covered are hardware, software, input,        Graphics. 1 hour credit. This course will enable the          Prerequisites: BE 102, BA 104 IPS or BE 165, BE 170, and BE
output, auxiliary storage, communications, operating         student to learn the fundamentals of presentation             180 all with a C or better. This course will enable the
systems and environments, as well as computer security,      graphic software by emphasizing the presentation              student to gain “real life” experiences in a business
ethics, trends and issues in the information age. Hands-     development cycle, the creation of effective                  environment. This class will be run as much like an actual
on units are included using Windows, office applications,    presentations, and the enhancement capabilities of the        business as possible allowing the students to take on the
Internet and e-mail.                                         software. Topics include design templates, slide layouts,     role of “employees” and the instructor to take on the role
                                                             clip art usage, web presentations, visual elements,           as “supervisor”. Managing a business, solving office
    BE 165-186. Microcomputer Applications I. 1 hour         workgroup collaboration, presentation delivery, and           problems, developing written and oral communication,
credit. Requirement: The student must be competent in        online features. Before enrolling in this course, the         training staff, and searching, applying, and interviewing
basic computer operation before enrolling in all of these    student must be competent in basic computer operation.        with prospective employers will be some of the topics
courses except for BE166 Windows. These courses will                                                                       covered. This course is designed for students majoring in
enable the student to effectively utilize “off the shelf”        BE 176. Microcomputer Applications I, Internet.           any business field or those students pursuing their own
application software. Current application packages will be   Introduction to Internet. 1 hour credit. This course will     business ventures.
used. Students will learn to operate the application’s       enable the student to navigate the Internet using search
functions and commands and develop skill needed to           engines, download external files, and communicate                 BE 204. Legal Terminology. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
use the software productively in their jobs. BE165, BE170,   using e-mail.                                                 A score of 40 or above on each of the reading and writing
BE175, and BE180 are designed to prepare students to                                                                       portions of the ASSET exam or EG 060 with a C or better.
pass the standard level of the Microsoft Office Specialist       BE 180. Microcomputer Applications I, Database. 1         This course will enable the student to spell, pronounce, and
(MOS) certification exams.                                   credit hour. This course will enable the student to           define words and terms essential for legal secretaries,
                                                             become more productive using “off the shelf” application      paralegals, or others in legal fields.
    BE 165. Microcomputer Applications I, Word
Processing. 1 hour credit. Computer skills are needed        software. Current application packages will be used. The
                                                                                                                               BE 240. Legal Office Procedures. 3 hours credit.
before taking. This course will enable the student to        student will learn to operate the application’s functions
                                                                                                                           Prerequisite: BE 106 with a C or better or instructor
become more productive using “off the shelf” application     and commands, and develop skills needed to use the
                                                                                                                           consent. This course will enable the student to use the
software. Current application packages will be used. The     software productively in their jobs. Students will work
                                                                                                                           terminology, background, and knowledge of the legal




                                                                                                                                                                                           Business
student will learn to operate the application’s functions    with tables, forms, reports, and queries.
                                                                                                                           procedures associated with employment in a law office.
and commands, and develop skills needed to use the              BE 182. Microcomputer Applications I, Quickbooks.          The course is designed to provide the student with
software productively in their jobs.                                                                                       relevant and interesting applications to the various areas
                                                                 BE186. Microcomputer Applications I, Integrated           of law. This is a culminating course that ties together the
    BE 166. Microcomputer Applications I, Windows. –         Office. 1 hour credit. The student will be able utilize and   terminology, practical applications, and theory of working
Introduction to Windows. 1 hour credit. This course will     integrate the software applications in the Microsoft Office   in a legal office.
enable the student to operate windows operating system       Suite which includes Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint.
software. Topics covered are hardware, software, input,                                                                        BE 252. Directed Studies. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
output, auxiliary storage, communications, operating            BE 195. Microcomputer Applications I - PIM                 Approval of dean and instructor. The student will contract
systems and environments, as well as computer security,                                                                    with the instructor for complete specified work on one or
ethics, trends and issues in the information age. Hands-         BE 201. Business Medical Terminology. 3 hours
                                                                                                                           more topic areas related to the subject. Topics, nature of
on units are included.                                       credit. Prerequisite: A score of 40 or above on each of the
                                                                                                                           work, and depth of study will be arranged in consultation
                                                             reading and writing portions of the ASSET exam or EG 060
                                                                                                                           with instructor at the beginning of the semester.
    BE 170. Microcomputer Applications I,                    with a C or better. This course will enable the student to
Spreadsheet. 1 hour credit. This course will enable the      use prefixes, suffixes, combining forms, and word roots to        BE 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
student to become more productive using “off the shelf”      build medical terms; analyze component parts of medical       Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of specific interest
application software. Current application packages will be   terms to determine meaning; identify, pronounce, and          to the student will be developed. These topics will be
used. The student will learn to operate the application’s    define common anatomical terms related to the major           established by student needs or requirements. Areas of
functions and commands, and develop skills needed to         body systems; and define basic terms and abbreviations        specific needs will be pursued and instructional material
use the software productively in their jobs. Students will   used in documenting health records.                           that lends itself to current trends or topics that are needed
use relative and absolute references, apply functions,                                                                     to supplement normal classroom instruction will be offered.
sort, query, and create charts.
                                                                                                                                                        Course Descriptions 115
       BE 255. Project Management. 3 hours credit.               (BI) BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE                                          BI 130. Majors Biology II (Plant). 5 hours credit. This
   Prerequisite: BE165, BE170, & BE180 or BA104, all with a C                                                                 is part of a two semester course for perspective biology
                                                                    BI 101. Biological Vocabulary. 1 hour credit. This
   or better. This course will enable the student to examine                                                                  majors; offered spring semester only. Three hours of
                                                                 course will enable the student to gain knowledge of
   the fundamentals associated with the project                                                                               lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. The
                                                                 common biological terminology by pronouncing, spelling
   management process. It is designed for a person who is                                                                     concepts covered in this course include: molecular and
                                                                 and defining approximately 300 general biology words.
   responsible for creating and modifying project plans and                                                                   cellular basis of life, ecology, development and cancer,
   who needs project management software skills to                                                                            energy metabolism, evolution, anatomy and physiology
                                                                     BI 105. Chemistry Review (BIO). 1 hour credit.
   manage those project plans. The competencies learned                                                                       of plants, and a survey of microscopic organisms and
                                                                 Highly recommended for BI 240 and BI 250 students.
   in this course would be beneficial to the student                                                                          multi-cellular plants.
                                                                 Lecture/discussion. Should be scheduled to be completed
   majoring in any business-related career.
                                                                 prior to traditional semesters. This course reviews the
                                                                                                                                  BI 218. Spring Wildflower & Weed Identification. 2
       BE 265-280. Advanced Applications. 1 hour credit.         major chemical concepts needed for the 200 level
                                                                                                                              hours credit. This course will enable the student to recognize
   Prerequisites: BA 104 or BE 165, BE 170, and BE 180, all      biology courses BI 240 and BI 250.
                                                                                                                              and identify by common and scientific name many local
   with a C or better. These courses will enable the student                                                                  species of “wildflowers and weeds” that only bloom during
   to learn the advanced functions of each application,              BI 106. Critical Concepts in Biology. 2 hours credit.
                                                                 This course will enable the student to understand basic      the spring season. The student will accomplish this by
   preparing them to pass the Expert level of the Microsoft                                                                   sensorial observation of each plant’s unique physical
   Office Specialist (MOS) certification exams.                  biological principles and apply these to topics covered in
                                                                 anatomy and physiology, and microbiology courses. This       appearance, habitat, and range, and using appropriate field
       BE 265. Advanced Applications - Word. 1 hour              course is intended for the student who needs preparatory     guides and dichotomous identification keys. The student will
   credit. Prerequisite: BA 104, or BE 165 with a C or better.   work before taking anatomy and physiology, or                also learn the ecological role various spring wildflowers and
   This course will enable the student to understand and         microbiology courses.                                        weeds play in their local biome and how native and pioneer
   apply the advanced functions of Microsoft Word,                                                                            Americans used these spring wildflowers and weeds as
   preparing students for the Microsoft Office Specialist            BI 110. General Biology. 5 hours credit.                 sources of food, medicines, fabrics, building materials, etc.
   (MOS) certification tests.                                    Lecture/discussion, three hours per week; laboratory,
                                                                                                                                  BI 222. Introduction to Forensic Science Laboratory.
                                                                 three hours per week. Students will be able to
       BE 270. Advanced Applications - Excel. 1 hour credit.                                                                  4 hours credit. Prerequisite: CH 110, BI 106 or equivalent,
                                                                 understand basic biological principles and apply these to
   Prerequisite: BA 104, or BE 170, with a C or better. This                                                                  MA 120 or above all with a C or better, and previous or
                                                                 relevant situations in their daily lives. The laboratory
   course will enable the student to understand and apply                                                                     concurrent enrollment in AJ 121 with a C or better. This
                                                                 stresses the application of the scientific process to
   the advanced functions of Microsoft Excel, preparing                                                                       course will enable the student to apply the principles and
                                                                 problem solving and use of critical thinking skills to
   students for the Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS)                                                                         techniques of the physical and natural sciences to the
                                                                 analyze and interpret information. This course is not
   certification tests.                                                                                                       analysis of various types of crime scene evidence. This will
                                                                 intended for biology majors.
                                                                                                                              include evidence collection, identification and analysis
        BE 275. Desktop Publishing. 3 hours credit.                  BI 120. Majors Biology I (Animal). 5 hours credit.       using microscopy, PCR, GC and spectrometry.
   Prerequisite: Completion of the following: BE 165, BE 170,    This is part of a two semester course for prospective
   and BE 180 all with a C or better; or BE 104 with a C or      biology majors; offered fall semester only. Three hours           BI 226. Anatomy and Physiology with Review I. 4
   better. This course will enable the student to study          lecture and four hours laboratory per week. The concepts     hours credit. Three hours lecture and three hours of
   computer-based applications by combining text and             covered in this course include: chemical basis of life,      laboratory per week. This course focuses on basic chemistry,
   graphics to produce professional documents such as            molecular and classical genetics, main concepts of           cells and tissues, skeletal, muscular system, nervous system
   brochures, advertisements, newsletters, certificates, and     animal physiology, scientific process, and a survey of the   and lymphatic system. This course is designed as an option
   business forms printed on a high-quality printer. Emphasis    animal kingdom.                                              for students needing a slower pace than BI 240. This is one
   will be placed on the principles of layout and design.                                                                     semester of a two-semester course. This course must be
                                                                                                                              taken in addition to BI 227 to be equivalent to BI 240
       BE 280. Advanced Applications - Access. 1 hour                                                                         Anatomy and Physiology.
   credit. Prerequisite: BA 104, or BE 180,with a C or better.
   This course will enable the student to understand and
   apply the advanced functions of Microsoft Access,
   preparing students for the Microsoft Office Specialist
   (MOS) certification tests.

116 Course Descriptions
     BI 227. Anatomy and Physiology with Review II. 4                BI 240. Anatomy and Physiology. 5 hours credit.             (BS) BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
hours credit. Three hours lecture and three hours of             Prerequisite: Highly recommended BI 105 and IS 201. Three
                                                                                                                                      BS 103. Human Sexuality. 3 hours credit. The student
laboratory per week. An intermediate study designed              hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. An
                                                                                                                                 will be able to understand the physiological,
primarily for pre-professional students in health-related        intermediate study designed primarily for pre-professional
                                                                                                                                 psychological and social impact of human sexuality. The
fields. Basic principles in structure and function of the        students in health-related fields. Basic principles in
                                                                                                                                 student will be able to discuss topics that include specific
human body systems are studied. This course is designed          structure and function of the human body systems are
                                                                                                                                 gender information, sex roles, biochemistry of sex, birth
as an option for students needing a slower pace than BI          studied.
                                                                                                                                 and birth control, sexual diversity, consequences of
240. This is one semester of a two-semester course. This
                                                                     BI 245. Cadaver Dissection. 2 hours credit.                 sexual activity, and communication.
course must be taken in addition to BI 226 to transfer as
BI 240 Anatomy and Physiology.                                   Prerequisite: BI 240 with a C or better. A thorough
                                                                 introduction to the dissection of a human cadaver. Practical        BS 105 Sociology. 3 hours credit. This course will
    BI 228. Summer Wildflower & Weed Identification. 2           experience in the dissection of the whole body and in fine      enable the student to understand the development,
hours credit. This course will enable the student to recognize   dissection of a specific region or organ. All important         structure, and functioning of human groups and how
and identify by common and scientific name many local            structures are located and identified.                          these groups shape development and way of life.
species of “wildflowers and weeds” that only bloom during                                                                        Students will be able to apply the knowledge they gain
the summer season. The student will accomplish this by               BI 250. Microbiology. 5 hours credit. It is                 about topics that include culture, socialization, collective
sensorial observation of each plant’s unique physical            recommended that the student has taken BI 105 prior to          behavior, institutions, stratification, inequalities of gender
appearance, habitat, and range, and using appropriate field      enrolling in this course. Three hours of lecture/discussion     and age, deviance, and social change.
guides and dichotomous identification keys. The student will     and four hours of laboratory per week. Students will study
                                                                 the characteristics and activities of microorganisms and            BS 106. Introduction to Anthropology. 3 hours
also learn the ecological role various summer wildflowers
                                                                 their influences on man and his environment. Includes           credit. The course will provide a process for using
and weeds play in their local biome and how native and
                                                                 principles of microbial cell structure, genetics, metabolism,   scientific observation to achieve a better understanding
pioneer Americans used these summer wildflowers and
                                                                 and control. Also includes the disease process, immunity,       of human behavior. It will focus on the nature and
weeds as sources of food, medicines, fabrics, building
                                                                 and a survey of the major disease causing                       processes of cultural change and the variation in the rates
materials, etc.
                                                                 microorganisms. Laboratory portion includes basic               of change which have resulted in the development of
                                                                 microbiology laboratory techniques used in inoculation,         humankind. The time span of the course will be from the
    BI 230. Bird Identification - Seminar. 2 hours credit.
                                                                 isolation, incubation, inspection and identification of         Paleolithic period to the present time.
An introduction to the identification, ecology and
behavior of bird species found in south central Kansas.          bacteria. Also includes the examination of fungi, protists,
                                                                 and parasitic worms.                                                BS 107. Women and Society. 3 hours credit. The
The course consists of lectures, study exercises and
                                                                                                                                 student will be able to understand the various roles of
several local field trips.                                            BI 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                women in society and the interrelatedness of issues. The
     BI 238. Fall Wildflower and Weed Identification. 2          Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of        student will be able to discuss topics; such as, social
hours credit. This course will enable the student to             specific interest to the student will be developed. These       construction of gender, patriarchy, and media influence,




                                                                                                                                                                                                  Biology
recognize and identify by common and scientific name             topics will be established by the student’s needs or            as well as women’s experience with health, education,
many local species of “wildflower and weeds” that only           requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued and       family, work, and violence.
bloom during the fall season. The student will accomplish        instructional material that lends itself to current trends or
                                                                 topics needed to supplement normal classroom instruction            BS 110. Contemporary Social Problems. 3 hours
this by sensorial observation of each plant’s unique physical
                                                                 will be offered.                                                credit. A study of selected serious problems facing the
appearance, habitat, and range, and using appropriate field
                                                                                                                                 American and global societies in which we live. The
guides and dichotomous identification keys. The student will         BI 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit       problems discussed include war, population dynamics,
also learn the ecological role various fall wildflowers and      each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See       environmental issues, urban problems, inequality, crime,
weeds play in their local biome and how native and pioneer       Internships section of this catalog for a complete              family level problems, and health care.
Americans used these fall wildflowers and weeds as sources       description of these courses.
of food, medicines, fabrics, building materials, etc.                                                                                BS 115. Substance Abuse Awareness. 3 hours credit.
                                                                      BI 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I, II,     The information learned in this course will enable the
                                                                 III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with     student to competently discuss substance use, abuse,
                                                                 on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section        dependence and the effects on individuals, families and
                                                                 of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.    society. Required for SRS/AAPS certification.
                                                                                                                                                               Course Descriptions 117
        BS 116. Introduction to Counseling: Addictions. 3             BS 126. Gerontology. 3 hours credit. This course will            BS 130. Assessment and Documentation:
   hours credit. This course will examine the counseling          examine the process of aging. The various                        Addictions. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BS 115. This
   relationship, counseling theory and effective ways of          interrelationships among social, biological, psychological,      course will enable the student to maintain client records,
   helping those with abuse and dependency issues. This           and economic factors which influence individual                  evaluate the need for treatment, determine the most
   course is designed to help prepare those entering the          planning and progress for the aging will be considered.          appropriate placement, create an effective treatment
   field of addiction treatment and/or another helping                                                                             plan, and document the course of treatment. This course
                                                                      BS 127. Medical High Risks: Addictions. 1 hour credit.
   profession. Required for SRS/AAPS certification.                                                                                is designed for those pursuing a career in addictions
                                                                  This course will equip the student with knowledge
                                                                                                                                   counseling. Required for SRS/AAPS certification.
       BS 117. Introduction to Group Counseling:                  regarding medical and psychological problems associated
   Addictions. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BS116 with a C or    with substance use, abuse and dependence. Prevention                 BS 131. Family Issues: Addictions. 2 hours credit.
   better. This course provides a study of group dynamics,        and treatment of health problems and community health            This course will enable the student to have a working
   ethical issues and theoretical approaches to group             resources will be covered. This course is designed for those     knowledge of dependency and its effects on the family
   counseling. Emphasis will be placed on the application of      pursuing a career in addictions counseling or another            and significant others. Characteristics and dynamics of
   counseling techniques within a group setting. This course      helping profession. Required for SRS/AAPS certification.         families will be explored along with models of diagnosis
   is designed for those pursuing a career in addictions              BS 128. Multicultural/Special Populations: Addictions.       and intervention. This course is designed for those
   counseling or another helping profession. Required for         3 hours credit. This course will enable the student to analyze   pursuing a career in addictions counseling and/or
   SRS/AAPS certification.                                        the uniqueness found in special populations (e.g. cultural,      another helping profession. Required for SRS/AAPS
                                                                  ethnic, and racially diverse groups, special groups identified   certification.
       BS 121. Pharmacology: Addictions. 2 hours credit.
                                                                  by age, gender, and other special characteristics) and how
   This course will enable the student to have a working                                                                               BS 160. General Psychology. 3 hours credit. This
                                                                  these qualities affect the use and abuse of addictive
   knowledge of psychoactive drugs and the effects those                                                                           course will enable the student to apply the knowledge
                                                                  substances, assessment and response to treatment. The
   drugs have on the human body and mind, as well as                                                                               they gain about topics including the biological basis of
                                                                  student will explore human behavior and how it is
   theories of addiction. This course is designed for those                                                                        behavior, sensation, learning, cognition, intelligence,
                                                                  conditioned and a reflection of one’s cultural experience will
   pursuing a career in addictions counseling or some other                                                                        motivation, development, personality, psychological
                                                                  be explored. The course is designed for those pursuing a
   helping profession. Required for SRS/AAPS certification.                                                                        disorders, and social psychology to their lives. The
                                                                  career in addictions counseling or some other helping
                                                                                                                                   student will be able to use his/her knowledge of the
       BS 123. Field Practicum I: Addictions. 3 hours credit.     profession. Required for SRS/AAPS certification.
                                                                                                                                   discipline and the critical thinking skills gained from this
   Prerequisites: BS 115, BS 116, BS 117, BS 121, BS 124 and BS                                                                    course to enhance the quality of his/her life as he/she
   130 with a C or better. This course will enable the student         BS 129. Field Practicum II: Addictions. 5 hours
                                                                                                                                   interacts with others.
   to integrate and apply prerequisite coursework and             credit. Prerequisites: BS 123 with a C or better. This course
   experiences as he/she develops competency and skills in        will enable the student to further integrate and build skills        BS 210. Marriage and Family. 3 credit hours. This
   the field of addictions counseling. The student shall          in the field of addictions counseling. The Practicum II          course will enable the student to gain an appreciation of
   perform and document no less than 200 hours of                 student will be expected to provide a supportive role            the place of marriage and family within our society. The
   practicum experience in an Addiction And Prevention            model and to take leadership in class activities with the        student will analyze tools to help in professional as well
   Services (AAPS) credentialed addictions services agency.       Practicum I students. The student shall perform and              as personal relationships. The student will examine
   The student will establish, at minimum, a basic level of       document no less than 300 hours of practicum                     dating, courtship and love, gender issues, sexuality,
   competency in each of the AAPS Addictions Counseling           experience in an Addiction And Preventive Services               parenting, divorce, blended families, and effective
   Core Competency areas. Required for Social and                 (AAPS) credentialed addictions services agency. The              communication techniques.
   Rehabilitation Services (SRS) and AAPS credential.             student will establish, at minimum, an advanced level of
                                                                                                                                       BS 212. Abnormal Psychology. 3 hours credit.
                                                                  competency in each of the AAPS Addictions Counseling
       BS 124. Ethics/Confidentiality: Addictions. 3 hours                                                                         Prerequisite: BS 160 with a C or better. An introductory
                                                                  Core Competency areas. Required for Social and
   credit. This course will enable the student to study the                                                                        study of disordered behavior with emphasis on etiology
                                                                  Rehabilitation Services (SRS) and AAPS credential.
   importance of confidentiality regulations and professional                                                                      and treatment. Required for SRS/AAPS certification.
   codes of ethics applicable to working as an addiction
   counselor. This course is designed for those pursuing a
   career in addictions counseling or some other helping
   profession. Required for SRS/AAPS certification.


118 Course Descriptions
     BS 217. Group Counseling II: Addictions. 3 hours                BS 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                      CD 123. Principles of Early Childhood Education II.
credit. Prerequisites: BS 115, BS 116, BS 117, BS 121, BS 124,   Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of        3 hours credit. This course will enable the student to
BS 130, and BS 128 with a GPA of 3.0 and/or equivalent           specific interest to the student will be developed. These       examine new trends, careers, and professional
curriculum/GPA from an accredited college/university.            topics will be established by the student’s needs or            development initiatives in early childhood. The student
This course will enable the student to further develop           requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued           will design developmentally appropriate curriculum,
skills in group counseling through an advanced study of          and instructional material that lends itself to current         positive guidance techniques, and methods for
group processes, the study of development of                     trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom          enhancing social, emotional, language development.
techniques, and the use of specific techniques through           instruction will be offered.                                    This course will enable the student to apply the state laws
group facilitation in treating people with substance use                                                                         and regulations to provide quality care for young children.
                                                                    BS 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
disorders. It is required for an Associates in Applied
                                                                 each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
Science degree in Addictions Counseling.                                                                                             CD 124. Infant and Toddler Development. 3 hours
                                                                 See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
                                                                                                                                 credit. This course will enable the student to understand
    BS 220. Minority Studies. 3 hours credit. An                 description of these courses.
                                                                                                                                 the physical, mental, emotional, and social growth of the
examination of the major issues and problems of race
                                                                                                                                 child from conception through the second year. The
and ethnic relations and minority groups. Students will               BS 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
                                                                                                                                 student will be able to apply the knowledge he/she gains
discuss economic, political, and psychological as well as        II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
                                                                                                                                 to discuss contemporary issues in group care, critique the
sociological insights.                                           with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
                                                                                                                                 quality of center care, assess the developmental level of
                                                                 section of this catalog for a complete description of
    BS 222. Dealing With Diversity. 3 hours credit. This                                                                         infants and toddlers, apply guidance techniques, and
                                                                 these courses.
course includes analysis of relations among the many                                                                             develop safe and appropriate toys and creative activities.
groups that constitute the United States. Emphasis is placed
on how each group’s experience impacts its members’              (CD) EARLY CHILDHOOD                                                CD 125. Child Nutrition and Health. 3 credit hours.
interaction patterns and behavior in different settings such                                                                     This course will enable the student to demonstrate an
as the workplace. Strategies and programs to manage
                                                                 EDUCATION                                                       understanding of the basic factors that affect child health,
intergroup tension in a multicultural society are examined.          CD 120. Creative Activities for Children I. 2 hours
                                                                                                                                 safety, and nutrition. The student will be able to design and
                                                                 credit. An introduction to activities which may be used
    BS 225. Introduction to Forensic Psychology. 3                                                                               implement educational experiences, and identify and apply
                                                                 with young children including arts and crafts, dramatic
hours credit. Prerequisite: AJ 121 and BS 160 with a C or                                                                        the nutritional guidelines appropriate for young children.
                                                                 play, mathematics, science, language development,
better. This course will enable the student to understand                                                                        The student will focus on the provision of a healthy and
                                                                 music, literature, use of tools and materials, and creative
the relationship between psychology, law, and ethical                                                                            safe environment, practical information on the Food Guide
                                                                 free play. Students develop and conduct several learning
issues demonstrating how psychological research and                                                                              Pyramid, and meal planning for young children.
                                                                 activities with children of various ages and abilities.
theory can inform and influence the legal system.
                                                                                                                                     CD 135. First Start: Care of Infants and Toddlers
    BS 260. Developmental Psychology. 3 hours credit.                CD 121. Creative Activities for Children II. 2 hours
                                                                                                                                 with Disabilities. 3 hours credit. This course will
Prerequisite: BS 160 with a C or better or departmental          credit. Development of materials, activities and
                                                                                                                                 enable the student to provide quality care and
approval. This course will enable the student to engage          equipment to enhance learning experiences and to meet
                                                                                                                                 education to young children with disabilities and
in more meaningful interactions with others through              behavioral goals. Students assist in a child care facility
                                                                                                                                 chronic conditions. This includes issues of positioning,
evaluation of human development from conception                  and have the opportunity to present to the children
                                                                                                                                 feeding, adaptive equipment, family dynamics,
through death. The student will examine the continuity           various activities they have planned.
                                                                                                                                 inclusion, and invasive procedures.
of human development throughout the life span and




                                                                                                                                                                                                 Behavioral
also examine genetic and environmental influences                    CD 122. Principles of Early Childhood Education I. 3




                                                                                                                                                                                                  Sciences
upon the individual.                                             hours credit. Introductory course in the field of child care.
                                                                 Study focuses on history, principles, philosophy, teaching
    BS 270. Child Psychology 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:       practices and approaches as well as career opportunities
BS160. This course will enable the student to understand         in the field of Early Childhood Education. Students
child behavior and development from the prenatal period          observe a variety of child care centers, including those for
through adolescence. Special emphasis given to topics of         handicapped children.
intellectual, emotional, social and physical development.


                                                                                                                                                              Course Descriptions 119
       CD 213. Licensed Home Daycare Practicum I. 3                 CD 221. Early Childhood Program and Curriculum                   CD 230. Early Childhood Mentoring I. 1 hour credit.
   hours credit. Prerequisite: Three credit hours of early      Planning Lab. 1 hour credit. Taken concurrently with Early       Prerequisite: 10 credit hours of early childhood education or
   childhood education (CD) classes with a C or better. This    Childhood Program and Curriculum Planning (CD 220).              permission from instructor. This course will provide
   course will enable the student to develop and implement      Students apply skills developed in CD 220. Fifty hours           individuals working in the early childhood field the basic
   developmentally appropriate practices (DAP) and              working directly in a licensed child care center are             foundation needed for developing mentoring relationships.
   environments for young children in a licensed home           required. The student will document applied skills of the        Students will have the opportunity to develop their skills in
   daycare setting, prepare policy and procedures, establish    13 functional areas of the Child Development Association         communication, leadership and application of adult
   recordkeeping, and track enrollment appropriate for          (CDA) Competency Standards.                                      education theory. This course will provide practical and
   home daycare. This course requires a minimum of 150                                                                           supportive ways to learn and grow on the job and is
   hours of working directly with children in a licensed            CD 222. Child Care Administration. 3 hours credit. A         designed to help managers and supervisors plan,
   home daycare setting.                                        study of the administration and organization of programs         implement, and evaluate mentoring.
                                                                for preschool children, including facilities, financial record
        CD 214. Licensed Home Daycare Practicum II. 3           keeping, budgeting, room arrangement, personnel                      CD 231. Early Childhood Mentoring II. 1 hour credit.
   hours credit. Prerequisite: CD 213 with a C or better, and   selection, staff training and scheduling, recruitment and        Prerequisite: CD 230 with a C or better. This course will
   six credit hours of early childhood education (CD) classes   health of the children, parent involvement, and other vital      provide individuals working in the early childhood field an
   with a C or better. This course will enable the student to   areas of management.                                             advanced foundation needed for mentoring relationship.
   gain an operational understanding of community                                                                                This course will provide mentors with advanced
   resources that support the care, nurturance, and                  CD 223. Child Care Practicum I. 3 hours credit.             opportunities to develop skills in communication,
   education of young children and their families. This         Prerequisite: Six hours of early childhood courses, 2 years of   leadership, advocacy and adult education theory.
   includes parental involvement opportunities and              experience in a licensed facility, or permission from
   conferencing skills as well as lesson planning,              instructor. This course will enable the student to                   CD 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   instructional, and group management skills. This course      demonstrate an understanding of the Kansas Statutes and          Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of specific interest to
   will guide the student in the accreditation process and      Regulations for Licensing Preschools and Child Care Centers.     the student will be developed. These topics will be
   development of a professional development plan. The          The student will be able to use concepts of observation and      established by student needs or requirements. Areas of
   student will be provided with professional contacts and      evaluation in licensed centers, with individual children, and    specific needs will be pursued and instructional material that
   resources to support his/her continuing professional         in a self-reflective process. Field experience allows the        lends itself to current trends or topics that are needed to
   development. This course requires 150 hours of working       student to implement an understanding of age appropriate         supplement normal classroom instruction will be offered.
   directly with children in a licensed home daycare setting.   curriculum for infant, toddler, and preschool age children.
                                                                                                                                     CD 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
                                                                    CD 224. Child Care Practicum II. 3 hours credit.             each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See
       CD 219. Parenting. 3 hours credit. A course to assist    Prerequisite: CD 223 with a C or better and six additional       Internships section of this catalog for a complete description
   students in skill development in the communications,         child care and education hours. This course involves a           of these courses.
   and in building a positive self image in children. Also      minimum of 150 hours working directly with children or 100
   included are skills necessary to enhance parent or           hours directly with children and 50 hours with administrative         CD 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I, II,
   teacher interaction techniques with children.                aspects. It includes classroom participation and evaluation,     III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with
                                                                curriculum planning, and actual teaching experiences.            on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section of
       CD 220. Early Childhood Program and Curriculum                                                                            this catalog for a complete description of these courses.
   Planning. 3 hours credit. Techniques of program and              CD 225. Interaction Techniques with Young Children.
   curriculum planning for young children and classroom         3 hours credit This course will enable the student to focus      (CH) CHEMISTRY
   management are covered as well as methods of                 on a developmental approach to the acquisition of                     CH 050. Math Review for the Sciences. 1 hour credit.
   presentation and use of equipment. Includes the 13           interaction techniques between adult and young child.            The course provides a basic overview of mathematics
   functional areas of the Child Development Association        These interaction techniques are conducive to healthy            needed to be successful in the sciences. The student should
   (CDA) Competency Standards: safety, health, learning         emotional and positive self- concept growth in the child.        realize, however, that this course is only a representative
   environment, physical, cognitive, communication,             Instruction in guidance and discipline are included.             sample of the mathematics needed. This course is designed
   creativity, self, social, guidance, families, program                                                                         for Basic and Applied Physic, Geology, Astronomy, Physical
   management, and professionalism.                                                                                              Science, Basic Chemistry, Chemistry I and General Physics I.


120 Course Descriptions
     CH 105. Basic Chemistry. 5 hours credit. Prerequisite:        CH 245. Organic Chemistry II. 5 hours credit.                 Students may enroll for 2-6 credits per semester and a
Placement score or MA 060 with a C or better. This course      Prerequisite: CH 240. Three single lecture/discussion         total of 24 credits while at Butler. Credit earned in
will enable the student to understand the scientific method,   periods and four hours of laboratory periods per week. A      Cooperative Education satisfies elective credit
improve knowledge of basic math skills, be able to read,       continuation of CH 240 with emphasis upon the structures,     requirements in most Butler programs of study and is
communicate, and understand scientific materials, and          synthesis, and reactions of principle functional groups and   accepted by many area schools and colleges.
apply scientific reasoning to real world problems. The         compounds of biological interest, with some advanced
student will learn the fundamental principles of general       topics such as dyes, polymers, and heterocyclic chemistry.        Internships are also available. The purpose of an
chemistry and basic laboratory techniques. This course is                                                                    internship is to allow the student an opportunity to
designed for the student who has not taken high school            CH 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit      explore and observe a career field of their choice.
chemistry. A student may enroll in CH 230 after completion     each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.         Students may enroll for 1-3 credit hours per semester in
of this course. Three hours of lecture/recitation and three    See Internships section of this catalog for a complete        an internship.
hours laboratory per week.                                     description of these courses.

                                                                    CH 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,       For more information or assistance in seeking a job,
    CH 110. College Chemistry I. 5 credit hours.               II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education    contact the Cooperative Education office at (316) 218-6125.
Prerequisite: High school chemistry or CH 105 and MA           with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
120 or departmental consent. Three single/recitation           sections of this catalog for a complete description of            CP 197. Cooperative Education I. 2 to 6 hours credit.
periods and two, two hour labs per week. A study of            these courses.                                                Prerequisites: Employed in a related field of major program of
chemical principles and their application. Offered fall and                                                                  study or departmental approval. This course is the first of a
spring semesters.                                                  CH 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.               series of four courses that will enable the student to gain
                                                               Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor.       practical work experience. The student will work a minimum
    CH 115. College Chemistry II. 5 hours credit.              Topics of specific interest to the student will be            of 75 hours throughout the semester for each credit
Prerequisite: CH 110 with a C or better and MA 131. This       developed in this course. Areas of specific needs will be     awarded. Topics of special interest to the student will be
course will enable the student to continue learning the        pursued and instructional material that lends itself to       developed.
chemistry of metallic elements and their compounds as          current trends or topics that are needed to supplement
well as the elementary principles of analytical chemistry.     normal classroom instruction will be offered.                     CP 198. Cooperative Education II. 2 to 6 hours credit.
The student will also learn to solve problems dealing with                                                                   Prerequisites: CP 197 and employed in a related field of major
solution concentrations, chemical equilibrium, solubility      (CP) COOPERATIVE EDUCATION                                    program of study or departmental approval. This course is
products, buffers, thermodynamics, and electrochemistry.                                                                     the second in a series of four courses that will enable the
                                                                   Students enrolled in Cooperative Education earn
An introduction to nuclear and/or organic chemistry may                                                                      student to demonstrate greater competence in work
                                                               college credit while gaining valuable work experience,
be included. Laboratory experiments incorporate analysis,                                                                    environment skills. The student will work a minimum of 75
                                                               providing the following conditions are met.
synthesis, and acquisition of quantitative and qualitative                                                                   hours throughout the semester for each credit awarded.
data. Three hours of lecture/recitation and four hours of      Students must:                                                Topics of special interest to the student will be developed.
laboratory per week.                                           • Be employed in their major field of study or their
                                                                                                                                  CP 297. Cooperative Education IV. 2 to 6 hours credit.
                                                                   career field.
                                                                                                                             Prerequisites: CP 198 and employed in a related field of major
    CH 230. General Organic Chemistry. 5 hours credit.         • Work 75 clock hours for each credit hour enrolled in
                                                                                                                             program of study or departmental approval. This course is
Prerequisite: CH 105 or CH 110. Three single                       Cooperative Education.
                                                                                                                             the third in a series of four cooperative education courses
lecture/discussion periods and four laboratory periods per     • Complete academic assignments related to their job or
                                                                                                                             that will enable the student to demonstrate greater
week. Designed to cover briefly the aliphatic and                  career goals.
                                                                                                                             competence in work environment skills. The student will
aromatic series.                                               • Master competencies set out in a brief training plan
                                                                                                                             work a minimum of 75 hours throughout the semester for
                                                                   developed by the student, supervisor and
                                                                                                                             each credit awarded. Topics of special interest to the student
    CH 240. Organic Chemistry I. 5 hours credit.                   faculty coordinator.
                                                                                                                             will be developed.




                                                                                                                                                                                              Cooperative
Prerequisite: CH 115. Three single lecture/discussion




                                                                                                                                                                                               Education
                                                                  A faculty coordinator will be assigned to assist,
periods and fours hours of laboratory periods per week.
                                                               monitor and evaluate the student’s progress during the
A study of beginning organic chemistry with emphasis on
                                                               semester. All student work is incorporated in a portfolio
aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
                                                               provided by the Cooperative Education Department.


                                                                                                                                                           Course Descriptions 121
       CP 298. Cooperative Education IV. 2 to 6 hours credit.            DN 130. Modern Dance I. 2 hours credit. This course            DN 140. Choreography I. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
   Prerequisites: CP 297 and employed in a related field of major   will enable the introductory level student to explore the      A special dance audition prior to the first day of class.
   program of study or departmental approval. This course is        art theory and history of Modern Dance. The student will       Choreography I is an introductory course in the craft and
   the fourth of a series of four courses that will enable the      participate in movement expression through technique,          art of creating dances using improvisation as the means
   student to demonstrate greater competence in work                improvisation, composition, and performance.                   for investigating movement concepts. Space, time and
   environment skills. The student will work a minimum of 75                                                                       force factors, sound and musical forms, drama and
   hours throughout the semester for each credit awarded.                DN 131. Modern Dance II. 2 hours credit.                  literature, emotions, solo, small group and large group
   Topics of special interest to the student will be developed.     Prerequisite: DN 130 with a C or better. This course will      are concepts that will be experienced to inform the
                                                                    enable the advanced beginning level student to explore         student of the range of possibility in making and learning
   (CP) COOPERATIVE EDUCATION-                                      the art theory and history of Modern Dance. The student        dances. Students will master and perform dance
                                                                    will participate in movement expression through                repertoire throughout the semester.
   INTERNSHIPS                                                      technique, improvisation, composition, and performance.
        CP 193. Internship I. 1 to 3 hours credit. Prerequisites:                                                                      DN 141. Choreography II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                         DN 133. Beginning Jazz Dance. 1 hour credit.
   Secured internship in a related field of major program of                                                                       DN 140 with a C or better. Choreography II is an
                                                                    Introduction to jazz technique, emphasizing work in
   study or departmental approval. This course will enable the                                                                     intermediate course in the craft and art of creating
                                                                    body isolations, rhythmic patterns and directions,
   student to gain exposure to the work environment. The                                                                           dances using improvisation as the means for
                                                                    stretches and strengthening exercises and basic steps.
   student will work a minimum of 75 hours throughout the                                                                          investigating movement concepts. Space, time and force
                                                                    The history and development of jazz dance in America
   semester for each credit awarded. Topics of special interest                                                                    factors, sound and musical forms, drama and literature,
                                                                    will also be discussed.
   to the student will be developed.                                                                                               emotions, solo, small group and large group are concepts
                                                                        DN 134. Jazz Dance II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: DN     that will be experienced to inform the student of the
        CP 194. Internship II. 1 to 3 hours credit.
                                                                    133 with a C or better. A continuation of DN 133,              range of possibility in making and leaning dances.
   Prerequisites: CP 193 and a secured internship in a related
                                                                    Beginning Jazz Dance.                                          Students will master and perform dance repertoire
   field of major program of study or departmental approval.
                                                                                                                                   throughout the semester.
   This course is the second of a series of two internship
                                                                        DN 135. Ballet I. 1 hour credit. Introduction to ballet
   courses and will enable the student to demonstrate                                                                                   DN 145. Irish Step-Dancing I. 2 hour credit. This is an
                                                                    technique; emphasizing work in correct body alignment,
   greater competence in work environment skills. The                                                                              introduction to Irish step-dancing techniques and styles,
                                                                    posture, balance, barre work, stretches and strengthening
   student will work a minimum of 75 hours throughout the                                                                          emphasizing work in soft-shoe and hard-shoe step-dancing,
                                                                    exercises and grace. The history and development of
   semester for each credit awarded. Topics of special                                                                             body placement, strength, flexibility, endurance, balance,
                                                                    ballet around the world will also be discussed.
   interest to the student will be developed.                                                                                      weight shift, coordination and rhythm. Students will explore
                                                                        DN 136. Ballet II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: DN 135     the history and development of Irish step-dancing.
   COMPUTER INFORMATION                                             with a C or better. A continuation of DN 135. Students will        DN 146. Irish Step-Dancing II. 2 hour credit.
   TECHNOLOGY (See IN)                                              be expected to explain and identify the concepts of            Prerequisite: DN 145 with a C or better. This is a
                                                                    choreography and will choreograph their own routine at         continuation of Irish step-dancing techniques and styles,
   (DN) DANCE                                                       the end of the semester.                                       emphasizing advanced work in soft-shoe and hard-shoe
       DN 125. Dance Team I. Prerequisite: Selection by                                                                            step-dancing, body placement, strength, flexibility,
                                                                        DN 137. Beginning Tap Dance. 1 hour credit. A              endurance, balance, weight shift, coordination, and
   audition. This course is an introduction to dance team,
                                                                    dance and exercise class that will start with the basics of    rhythm. The effects of Irish Step-Dancing on other forms
   emphasizing work in body placement, flexibility,
                                                                    tap dancing. The course is designed to teach techniques        of dance is explored.
   strength, endurance, proper technique, various styles of
                                                                    of tap through various exercises utilizing the barre and
   dance team choreography, and professional
                                                                    center, resulting in two or three tap routines                     DN 225. Dance Team III. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   performance presentation.
                                                                    choreographed by the instructor.                               DN 126 and selection by audition. Intermediate level to
       DN 126. Dance Team II. Prerequisite: DN 125 and                                                                             dance team, emphasizing work in body placement,
   selection by audition. Advanced beginning level to                   DN 138. Tap Dance II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: DN      flexibility, strength, endurance, proper technique, various
   dance team, emphasizing work in body placement,                  137 with a C or better. A dance and exercise class that is a   styles of dance team choreography and professional
   flexibility, strength, endurance, proper technique, various      continuation of Beginning Tap Dance. Students will also        performance presentation.
   styles of dance team choreography, and professional              learn choreography skills and will choreograph and
   performance presentation.                                        perform their own routine at the end of the semester.

122 Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                                                               Dance
    DN 226. Dance Team IV. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:         DN 234. Jazz Dance IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:            EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
DN 225 and selection by audition. Advanced level to           DN 233 with a C or better. A continuation of DN 233, Jazz
dance team, emphasizing work in body placement,               Dance III.                                                        (See CD)
flexibility, strength, endurance, proper technique, various
                                                                  DN 235. Ballet III. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: DN 136
styles of dance team choreography and professional
                                                              with a C or better. A continuation of DN 136, Ballet II.
                                                                                                                                (EC) ECONOMICS
performance presentation.                                                                                                           EC 200. Principles of Microeconomics. 3 hours
    DN 230. Modern Dance III. 2 hours credit.                     DN 236. Ballet IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: DN 235        credit. Algebra is strongly recommended. This course will
Prerequisite: DN 131 with a C or better. This course will     with a C or better. A continuation of DN 235, Ballet III.         enable the student to apply economic concepts to
enable the intermediate level student to explore the art                                                                        personal and work related decision making, to personal,
                                                                  DN 237. Tap Dance III. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: DN        social, and work related problem solving, and to
theory and history of Modern Dance. The student will          138 with a C or better. A continuation of DN 138, Tap
participate in movement expression through technique,                                                                           understanding the actions and choices of other people.
                                                              Dance II.                                                         This course will cover scarcity, opportunity cost,
improvisation, composition, and performance.
                                                                                                                                benefit/cost, marginality, efficiency, supply and demand,
    DN 231. Modern Dance IV. 2 hours credit.                     DN 238. Tap Dance IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: DN          elasticity, consumer utility, production costs, price and
Prerequisite: DN 230 with a C or better. This course will     237 with a C or better. A continuation of DN 237, Tap             output determination in different market structures, and
enable the advanced level student to explore the art          Dance III.                                                        factor markets.
theory and history of Modern Dance. The student will
participate in movement expression through technique,            DN 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit              EC 201. Principles of Macroeconomics. 3 hours
improvisation, composition, and performance.                  each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.             credit. Prerequisite: Algebra is strongly recommended.
                                                              See Internships section of this catalog for a complete            This course will enable the student to appraise the
     DN 240. Choreography III. 1 hour credit.                 description of these courses.                                     economic concepts and arguments contained in the
Prerequisite: DN 141 with a C or better. Choreography III                                                                       commentary of policy makers in terms of the major
is an intermediate course in the craft and art of creating          DN 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
                                                              II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with   schools of macroeconomic thought. The student will
dances using improvisation as the means for                                                                                     learn classical theory, Keynesian theory, and monetary
investigating movement concepts. Space, time, and             on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section
                                                              of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.      theory, how to calculate the various macroeconomic
force factors, sound and musical forms, drama and                                                                               measures, and will apply both theory and measurement
literature, emotions, solo, small group and large group           DN 253/254. Special Topics. 3 credit hours.                   to the current macroeconomic situation.
are concepts that will be experienced to inform the           Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor.
student of the range of possibility in making and             Topics of specific interest to the student will be                   EC 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
learning dances. Students will master and perform dance       developed. These topics will be established by student’s          each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
repertoire throughout the semester.                           needs or requirements. Areas of specific needs will be            See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
     DN 241. Choreography IV. 1 hour credit.                  pursued and instructional material that lends itself to           description of these courses.
Prerequisite: DN 240 with a C or better. Choreography IV      current trends or topics that are needed to supplement
is an intermediate course in the craft and art of creating    normal classroom instruction will be offered.                          EC 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
dances using improvisation as the means for                                                                                     II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
investigating movement concepts. Space, time, and                                                                               with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education of
force factors, sound and musical forms, drama and                                                                               this catalog for a complete description of these courses.
literature, emotions, solo, small group and large group
are concepts that ill be experienced to inform the                                                                                   EC 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
student of the range of possibility in making and                                                                               Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor.
learning dances. Students will master and perform dance                                                                         Topics of specific interest to the student will be
repertoire throughout the semester.                                                                                             developed. These topics will be established by the
                                                                                                                                student’s needs or requirements. Areas of specific needs
   DN 233. Jazz Dance III. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:                                                                         will be pursued and instructional material that lends itself
DN 134 with a C or better. A continuation of DN 134, Jazz                                                                       to current trends or topics that are needed to supplement
Dance II.                                                                                                                       normal classroom instruction will be offered.

                                                                                                                                                             Course Descriptions 123
   (ED)                                                                ED 203. Internet as a Teaching Tool. 1 hour credit. A         ED 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                    comprehensive overview of how the Internet can be            Approval of division dean and instructor. Topics of specific
   EDUCATION/PARAPROFESSIONAL                                       used as an effective instructional tool and what teachers    interest to the student will be developed. These topics will
       ED 120. Introduction to the Exceptional Child. 3             need to know to use it in their classrooms. The focus is     be established by the student’s needs or requirements.
   credit hours. This course will enable the student to             on practical classroom uses.                                 Areas of specific needs will be pursued and instructional
   assess and determine diversity among learners, from                                                                           material that lends itself to current trends or topics that are
   persons with disabilities to those who are gifted. The               ED 206. Introduction to Teaching. 3 credit hours.        needed to supplement normal classroom instruction will be
   student will be able to work together effectively with           Prerequisite: Must have sophomore standing. This             offered.
   other professionals and families to develop an                   course will enable the student to gain valuable
   appropriate individual education plan for each special           insight into the teaching profession by hands-on             (EG) ENGLISH
   needs learner. The student will also be able to apply            exploration of current theories in pedagogy. The                  EG 060. Fundamentals of English. 3 hours credit (Does
   the public laws and mandates that pertain to special             student will be able to gather, assemble, review, and        not count for graduation credit or transfer to four-year
   education, assuring appropriate education for special            analyze information helpful in choosing career options       institutions.) Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined level
   needs learners.                                                  in the teaching field. They will be able to organize         in both writing and reading on a diagnostic instrument
                                                                    leadership tasks and develop the necessary skills to         selected by the department. The material taught in this
       ED 130. Principles of Paraprofessionalism. 3 hours           continue their preparation for teaching, demonstrating       course will provide a review and practice of basic grammar
   credit. This course is an introductory course which will         a professional attitude toward the teaching profession.      and writing skills needed for entry into English Composition
   provide a broad knowledge of the laws governing                  This required course for education majors must be            I, a college-level writing class.
   educational, social or health agencies and an                    taken before a student enters the required
   understanding of the roles and responsibilities of the           professional program in the junior or senior year. Ten            EG 100. English Composition I with Review. 5 hours
   paraprofessional, or aide. In addition, this course will         hours of observation/participation (30 hours total) will     credit. Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level on the
   require the development of educational, social and               be required at each level—elementary, middle level,          ACT, SAT or ASSET exam, a grade of C or above in EG 060 or
   personal skills necessary to maximize success while the          and high school.                                             instructor consent. This course requires a review and
   paraprofessional works with or under the professional in                                                                      practice of basic grammar, writing and reading skills needed
   the structured work environment.                                     ED 222. Instructional Technology. 3 hours credit.        for a college-level writing course; and the study of rhetorical
                                                                    This course will enable the student to facilitate learning   structures as applied to effective writing and
       ED 135. Practicum for Paraprofessionals. 3 hours             with technology for elementary and secondary students.       communication. Regular writing assignments are an integral
   credit. Students will work directly under the supervision of     By exploring current theories of computer pedagogy and       part of the course.
   a professional for specified periods of time and they will       by participating in a school practicum, the student will          EG 101. English Composition I. 3 hours credit.
   have the opportunity to observe the operation of various         work with practicing teachers to plan, design, review, and   Prerequisite: An average of C or above in high school
   educational sites on a visitation basis. Students will be        analyze specific lesson plans using technology in the        English and a score at a predetermined level on a diagnostic
   required to present a written and oral evaluation for their      elementary or secondary classroom.                           instrument selected by the English department or a grade of
   practicum experiences and complete individual projects                                                                        C or above in EG 060. This course involves a study of
   in cooperation with the local school districts.                     ED 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit     grammatical and rhetorical structure as applied to effective
                                                                    each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.        writing. Regular writing assignments are an integral part of
       ED 201. Internet Basics for Educators. 1 hour credit.        See Internships section of this catalog for a complete       the course.
   An experiential course that provides a conceptual                description of these courses.
   background and the online skills needed to become                                                                                 EG 102. English Composition II. 3 hours credit.
   Internet literate. The course particularly targets uses of the        ED 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,      Prerequisite: An average of C or above in EG 101. Special
   Internet that are applicable to teaching and learning.           II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education   emphasis is placed on reading and discussion of thought-
                                                                    with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education        provoking essays and on precise and analytical writing.
       ED 202. Web Page Projects for Educators. 1 hour              section of this catalog for a complete description of        Regular themes and a library research paper of significant
   credit. An experiential course that provides skills needed       these courses.                                               thought and development are required.
   to create and publish web pages. The course particularly
                                                                                                                                     EG 104. Creative Writing. 3 hours credit. This course is
   targets applications for which web page creation is
                                                                                                                                 intended for students interested and involved in the creative
   appropriate in a teaching and learning environment.
                                                                                                                                 process of writing fiction (short stories), poetry and drama.
124 Course Descriptions
     EG 112. Technical Writing. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:         EN 103. Residential Design and CAD I. 3 hours credit.            EN 206. Special Problems in Drafting and CAD. 2
EG 101 with a C or better. A course in the development of         Prerequisite: EN 101 with a C better. This course will enable   hours credit. Prerequisite: Instructor’s approval. Offered
writing skills oriented to the needs of students pursuing         the student to understand and apply concepts of basic           by appointment only. A score of 37 or above on the
careers in industry, science, engineering and business. The       residential design and its integration into computer-aided      reading portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or
focus of the course work entails writing clear, well-             design (CAD). The student will analyze and design the           above on the numerical skills and writing portion of the




                                                                                                                                                                                                  Engineering
organized, detailed communication for a specific audience         necessary elements needed for a residence.                      ASSET exam. This course will enable the student to further
for a specific purpose.                                                                                                           his/her knowledge and skills in areas of drafting, design,
                                                                      EN 104. Introduction to Surveying. 3 hours credit.          and/or computer-aided design (CAD) in which he or she
    EG 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:     Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading portion     is interested. All work will be completed under the
Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of specific interest to   of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on the            direction of the instructor.
the student will be developed. These topics will be               numerical skills and writing portion of the ASSET exam.
established by the student’s needs or requirements. Areas         This course will enable the student to use the basic                EN 207. AutoCAD Advanced. 3 hours credit.
of specific needs will be pursued and instructional material      surveying equipment, record notes, use measurement              Prerequisites: EN107 with a C or better, or EN101 with a C
that lends itself to current trends or topics needed to           techniques, and do mapping by introducing the student           or better, or instructor approval. This course will enable
supplement normal classroom instruction will be offered.          to the basics of land surveying. High school level              the student to develop interest in customizing and
    EG 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit         Geometry and Trigonometry recommended.                          programming AutoCAD. Some of the skills learned
each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See                                                                         include writing blocks, AutoLISP routines, attributes,
Internships section of this catalog for a complete description        EN 107. AutoCAD Basics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: A     customizing menus and inserting X-references.
of these courses.                                                 score of 37 or above on the reading portion of the ASSET
                                                                  exam, and a score of 35 or above on the numerical skills            EN 211. Commercial Building Design and CAD. 3
     EG 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I, II,       and writing portion of the ASSET exam. This course will         hours credit. Prerequisite: EN 101 with a C or better. This
III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with       enable the student to understand the basics of AutoCAD          course will enable the student to understand and apply
on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section of       and its various applications. The student will learn how to     Computer-Aided Design (CAD) in the design and drafting
this catalog for a complete description of these courses.         set up AutoCAD and utilize basic commands that are              of commercial building plans. Procedures in planning and
                                                                  necessary to create quality drawings. Basic knowledge of        drawing buildings for manufacturing and merchandising,
(EN) ENGINEERING GRAPHICS                                         computers and keyboarding skills are required.                  such as schools, clinics, churches, light and heavy
                                                                                                                                  construction will be addressed. All drawings will be
TECHNOLOGY/PRE-ENGINEERING                                            EN 115. Engineering Concepts. 2 hours credit                completed with the use of (CAD).
    EN 101. Graphics I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: Basic       Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading portion
knowledge of computers and keyboarding skills. A score of         of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on the                EN 214. 3D Modeling and CAD. 3 hours credit.
37 or above on the reading portion of the ASSET exam, and         numerical skills and writing portion of the ASSET exam. An      Prerequisite: EN 101 with a C or better. 3D Modeling and
a score of 35 or above on the numerical skills and writing        introduction to engineering and engineering design for          CAD is a course covering the basics of three-dimensional
portion of the ASSET exam. This course will enable the            beginning students of engineering or engineering                applications in computer-aided design (CAD). Covered 3-
student to apply the fundamentals of drafting and                 technology. Students will be able to formulate, use, and        D topics will include: extrusions, orbits, faces, surfaces,
integration into computer-aided design (CAD), utilizing           solve engineering design problems.                              constructions, edges, and rendering.
AutoCAD. The student will employ the use of CAD in
linework applications, dimensioning, orthographic                      EN 204. Surveying II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:            EN 217. Structural, Civil, and Pipe Design and CAD.
projection, geometric constructions, isometric and auxiliary      EN104 with a C or better, or instructor approval. This course   3 hours credit. Prerequisite: EN 102 with a C or better. This
views, and full and half-section cuts.                            will enable the student to understand more advanced             course will enable the student to understand the
                                                                  methods of surveying and prepares the student for more          fundamentals of structural, civil, and pipe drafting and
    EN 102. Graphics II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: EN 101
                                                                  advanced surveying courses. Topics that will be covered         their integration into computer-aided design (CAD). The
with a C or better. This course will enable the student to
                                                                  include contour maps and plans , cadastral surveying,           student will be introduced to draft, steel framing plans,
expand his/her skill in drafting and design and its
                                                                  traversing , latitudes and departures, balancing angles, and    steel connection details, pre-engineered metal buildings,
integration into computer-aided design (CAD), utilizing
                                                                  electronic distance measurement characteristics.                plot plans, plans and profiles, highway and road layouts,
AutoCAD. The student will use CAD to design bearings,
                                                                                                                                  valves, joints, fittings, pumps, tanks, and vessels.
cams and gears. The student will be expected to work on a
group project.

                                                                                                                                                               Course Descriptions 125
        EN 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                 ET 113. Electrical Code - Masters. 3 hours credit.             FL 113. Introduction to French I. 3 hours credit. This
   Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor. A    Prerequisite: The student should have a minimum of two         course is designed for those beginning their language
   score of 37 or above on the reading portion of the ASSET     years experience in the electrical trade and/or meet the       study at a basic level and, by itself, generally only meets
   exam, and a score of 35 or above on the numerical skills     governing authority’s requirement to take the Experior         Humanities requirements. This course will enable the
   and writing portion of the ASSET exam. Topics of specific    four-hour, 100 question standard masters examination.          student to communicate using fundamentals of basic
   interest to the student will be developed. These topics      This course will enable the student to develop the             vocabulary and phrases, pronunciation, and reading and
   will be established by the student’s needs or                necessary skills to successfully complete the Experior four-   writing. The student will also be able to define cultural
   requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued        hour masters 100 question examination. The course will         characteristics inherent to the target culture. Through the
   and instructional material that lends itself to current      identify and examine all topics on the masters                 manipulation of concepts introduced in this courses the
   trends or topics that are needed to supplement normal        examination.                                                   student will make connections to other disciplines. The
   classroom instruction will be offered.                                                                                      student will learn the relevance of the target language
                                                                (EV) ENVIRONMENTAL                                             community as it reflects on their own life.
       EN 260. Statics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: PH 251
   and MA 152 with a C or better. This is a course for pre-     TECHNOLOGY                                                          FL 114. Introduction to French II. 3 hours credit.
   engineering students. Topics include: composition and                                                                       Prerequisite: FL 113 with a C or better or two units of high
                                                                    EV 150. Environmental Issues. 3 hours credit. This
   resolution of forces; equilibrium of force systems;                                                                         school French. This course is designed for those
                                                                non-lab introductory environmental science course will
   application of general laws of statics to engineering                                                                       continuing their basic language study and preparing
                                                                study population problems, global environmental
   problems; analysis of simple structures; machine                                                                            themselves to enroll for foreign language credits that
                                                                changes, air and water pollution, renewable energies,
   elements; centers of gravity; and moment of inertia.                                                                        fulfill degree requirements. This course will enable the
                                                                energy efficiency, and how different communities and
                                                                                                                               student to minimally communicate basic needs for
                                                                societies address environmental challenges.
      EN 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit                                                                    survival in the target language. The student will also
   each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.                                                                       produce necessary grammatical structures and authentic
                                                                   EV 225. Water Testing. 2 hours credit. This course
   See Internships section of this catalog for a complete                                                                      pronunciation for a native speaker to understand. The
                                                                covers chemical and biological testing of water
   description of these courses.                                                                                               student will also examine cultural differences and
                                                                samples. The procedures for collection, recording and
                                                                                                                               similarities in their target and native cultures. The student
                                                                analysis of data.
        EN 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,                                                                     will recognize the importance of participating in
   II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education                                                                  multilingual communities at home and around the world.
   with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
                                                                (FL) FOREIGN LANGUAGES
                                                                    Language classes at Butler are designed for novice             FL 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
   section of this catalog for a complete description of                                                                       Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
   these courses.                                               through intermediate level learners. The needs of
                                                                heritage-language speakers are of a more advanced              specific interest to the student will be developed. These
                                                                nature and can better be met with higher-level courses.        topics will be established by student needs or
   (ET) ELECTRONICS                                             Students are encouraged to enroll in language courses          requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
       ET 112. Electrical Code - Journeyman. 3 hours credit.    other than their native language. English courses do not       and instructional material that lends itself to current
   Prerequisite: The student should have a minimum of two       count as foreign language credit.                              trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom
   years experience in the electrical trade and/or meet the                                                                    instruction will be offered.
   governing authority’s requirement to take the Experior       FRENCH
   three-hour, 80 question standard journeyman                                                                                    FL 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
                                                                    Students enrolling in a foreign language course            each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
   examination. This course will enable the student to
                                                                (higher than Introduction I or Beginning I) may receive        See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
   develop the necessary skills to successfully complete the
                                                                one time retroactive credit for the corresponding entry-       description of these courses.
   Experior three-hour 80 question journeyman examination.
                                                                level course. For more information contact the lead
   The course will identify and examine all topics on the
                                                                instructor for foreign language or the registrar.                   FL 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
   journeyman examination.
                                                                                                                               II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
                                                                                                                               with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
                                                                                                                               section of this catalog for a complete description of
                                                                                                                               these courses.

126 Course Descriptions
GERMAN                                                          JAPANESE                                                            FL 107. Beginning Spanish I. 5 hours credit. This
    Students enrolling in a foreign language course                 Students enrolling in a foreign language course            course is designed for those beginning their basic
(higher than Introduction I or Beginning I) may receive         (higher than Introduction I or Beginning I) may receive        language study and preparing themselves to enroll for
one time retroactive credit for the corresponding entry-        one time retroactive credit for the corresponding entry-       foreign language credits that fulfill degree requirements.
level course. For more information contact the lead             level course. For more information contact the lead            This course will enable the student to communicate basic
instructor for foreign language or the registrar.               instructor for foreign language or the registrar.              needs for survival in the target language using
                                                                                                                               fundamentals of basic vocabulary and phrases, authentic
    FL 116. Introduction to German I. 3 hours credit. This          FL 125. Introduction to Japanese I. 3 hours credit.        pronunciation for a native speaker to understand,
course is designed for those beginning their language           Study includes fundamentals of pronunciation,                  grammatical structures, reading and writing. The student
study at a basic level and, by itself, generally only meets     vocabulary building, practice in understanding and             will be able to define cultural differences and similarities
Humanities requirements. This course will enable the            speaking phrases, reading and writing. Japanese culture,       in their target and native cultures. The student will




                                                                                                                                                                                                 Languages
student to communicate using fundamentals of basic              geography and art are also included. Course objectives         recognize the importance of multilingual communities at




                                                                                                                                                                                                  Foreign
vocabulary and phrases, pronunciation, and reading and          are based on the National Standards as set forth by ACTFL      home and around the world and how these affect their
writing. The student will also be able to define cultural       for the novice level.                                          own life.
characteristics inherent to the target culture. Through the         FL 126. Introduction to Japanese II. 3 hours credit.
manipulation of concepts introduced in this course, the                                                                            FL 108. Beginning Spanish II. 5 hours credit.
                                                                Prerequisite: FL 125 with a C or better or two units of high   Prerequisite: FL 107 with a C or better, or three to four units
student will make connections to other disciplines. The         school Japanese. This course includes the fundamentals
student will learn the relevance of the target language                                                                        of high school Spanish. Beginning Spanish II continues
                                                                of pronunciation, vocabulary building, practice in             the development of concepts that are necessary to
community as it reflects on their own life.                     understanding and speaking phrases, reading and                communicate in the target language. This course further
                                                                writing. Japanese culture, history and art will also be        develops pronunciation to improve all basic skills.
     FL 117. Introduction to German II. 3 hours credit.         studied.
Prerequisite: FL 116 with a C or better or two units of high                                                                   Information on Hispanic life and customs is included in
school German. This course is designed for those                   FL 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit       each unit as an integral part of language study.
continuing their basic language study and preparing             each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
themselves to enroll for foreign language credits that          See Internships section of this catalog for a complete             FL 201. Intermediate Spanish. 5 hours credit.
fulfill degree requirements. This course will enable the        description of these courses.                                  Prerequisite: FL 108 with a C or better, or four years of
student to minimally communicate basic needs for                                                                               high school Spanish. A thorough review and expansion of
survival in the target language. The student will also               FL 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,        the basic structures of the language. Reading will be
produce necessary grammatical structures and authentic          II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education     expanded to simple cultural and literary texts. The
pronunciation for a native speaker to understand. The           with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education          communicative skills will be strongly emphasized
student will also examine cultural differences and              section of this catalog for a complete description of these    demanding some basic-level essay writing and a higher
similarities in their target and native cultures. The student   courses.                                                       level of oral proficiency.
will recognize the importance of participating in
multilingual communities at home and around the world.
                                                                SPANISH                                                            FL 202. Spanish Readings. 3 hours credit.
                                                                    Students enrolling in a foreign language course            Prerequisite: FL 108 with a C or better, or FL 107 and FL
    FL 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit       (higher than Introduction I or Beginning I) may receive        108 with a C or better, or four years of high school
each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See       one time retroactive credit for the corresponding entry-       Spanish or approval of the instructor. This course is an
Internships section of this catalog for a complete              level course. For more information contact the lead            introduction for beginning to intermediate-level college
description of these courses.                                   instructor for foreign language or the registrar.              students to the literature of the Hispanic world. The
                                                                                                                               readings will include short stories, poetry, a legend, a
     FL 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I, II,                                                                    mini-drama, a one-act play, and an excerpt from a novel.
III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with                                                                    Additional reading assignments from familiar topics
on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section                                                                       (signs, pamphlets, newspapers, menus, instructions,
of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.                                                                   schedules, etc. ) will be included.




                                                                                                                                                             Course Descriptions 127
       FL 205. Conversational Spanish 1. 3 hours credit.           COMMAND SPANISH                                                   FL 148. Emergency Spanish for Firefighters. 2 hours
   Prerequisite: FL107 and FL108 with a C or better, or 4 units         Butler specializes in providing Spanish language and     credit. This course provides the student with basic
   of high school Spanish. This course will enable the student     cross-cultural training for area professionals, business      Spanish phrases and questions necessary to carry out
   to conduct simple conversations successfully in Spanish, as     managers and supervisors who interact regularly with          specific firefighter protocols. Discussions also cover cross-
   well as understand many articles written in Spanish. The        Spanish speaking clients or employees. Butler’s Business      cultural issues pertinent to relationships between non-
   student will be able to recognize a large number of             Performance Group is a Licensed Official Registered           Hispanic firefighters and Hispanic community members.
   cognates, strategies and rules for converting English words     Provider for the nationally recognized Command Spanish®
   to Spanish, hints for identifying large numbers of new                                                                            FL 149. Survival Spanish for Nurses. 3 hours credit.
                                                                   programs. Butler may offer the following Spanish language     This course provides the student with basic Spanish
   words in Spanish, and formulas that use Spanish verbs to        training for professions by contacting the Lead Instructor
   describe events in the past, present and future.                                                                              phrases and questions necessary to carry out specific
                                                                   for Foreign Languages or the Business Performance Group.      nursing procedures. Discussions also cover cross-cultural
       FL 207. Conversational Spanish II. 3 hours credit.              FL 140. Survival Spanish for Early Childhood Staff. 3     issues pertinent to care of Hispanic community members
   Prerequisite: FL 205 with a C or better or approval of          hours credit. This course will enable the student to speak    by non-Hispanic nurses. Butler Community College is an
   instructor. A continuation of FL 205 and the development        in Spanish using phrases, questions and commands in           Official Registered Provider for Command Spanish, Inc.
   of additional oral/conversational skills.                       childcare facilities. A student with no prior knowledge of    This course must be taught by a trained instructor and
                                                                   Spanish will be able to greet parents, register students,     must follow the guidelines as set forth by Command
       FL 233. Spanish for Heritage Language Speakers I. 3                                                                       Spanish, Inc.
   hours credit. This course will enable the student to            address children in their care, and respond to health
   capitalize upon his/her existing language skills, expand        issues. The student will become aware of cross-cultural
                                                                   issues of Hispanic community members.                              FL 150. Survival Spanish for School Administrators,
   his/her knowledge base and develop his/her ability to                                                                         Teachers, and Support Staff. 3 hours credit. This course
   read, write and communicate more effectively in the                 FL 143. Office Spanish for Secretaries and                provides the student with basic Spanish phrases,
   language. The student will recognize regional and dialectal     Receptionists. 3 hours credit. This course provides the       questions, and commands to enable them to more
   differences, describing varieties of Spanish spoken in the      student with basic Spanish phrases, questions and             effectively interact with Spanish-speaking students and
   U.S. and throughout the world. The student will also be         commands pertinent to secretarial and receptionist work.      visitors in various school situations. Discussions also cover
   able to discern cultural differences in the Spanish-speaking    Discussions also cover cross-cultural issues of Hispanic      cross-cultural issues of Hispanic community members.
   community within the U.S. and abroad. The student must          community members.
   demonstrate some proficiency in speaking the language                                                                             FL 151. Spanish for Hotel and Motel Staff. 3 hours
   even though they have not yet mastered all aspects of               FL 144. Spanish for Construction Sites. 3 hours credit.   credit. This course provides the student with basic
   grammar and the written language.                               This course provides the student with basic Spanish           Spanish phrases, questions and commands pertinent to
                                                                   phrases, questions and commands pertinent to daily            hotel management and staff who supervise Spanish-
       FL 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:   interactions between supervisors and workers at
   Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of specific interest                                                                  speaking employees. It also provides Spanish language
                                                                   construction sites. Discussions also cover cross-cultural     material for hotel staff to better assist Spanish-speaking
   to the student will be developed. These topics will be          issues of Hispanic community members.
   established by student needs or requirements. Areas of                                                                        clientele. Discussions also cover cross-cultural issues of
   specific needs will be pursued and instructional material           FL 145. Survival Spanish for Law Enforcement              Hispanic community members.
   that lends itself to current trends or topics needed to         Officers. 3 hours credit. This course provides the student
   supplement normal classroom instruction will be offered.        with basic Spanish phrases and questions necessary to             FL 152. Spanish for Automobile Sales & Service. 3
                                                                   carry out specific law enforcement protocols. Discussions     hours credit. This course provides the student with basic
      FL 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit        also cover cross-cultural issues pertinent to relationships   Spanish phrases, questions and commands used to
   each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.           between non-Hispanic officers and the Hispanic                better assist Spanish-speaking customers and clients with
   See Internships section of this catalog for a complete          community members.                                            routine auto sales transactions, parts purchases, and
   description of these courses.                                                                                                 service issues—thereby promoting better customer
                                                                        FL 147. Supervising Spanish-Speaking Employees. In       relations. Discussions also cover cross-cultural issues of
        FL 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,         this course students will explore the many issues involved    Hispanic community.
   II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education      with effective supervising of Spanish-speaking employees.
   with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education           Students learn language components that cover greetings,
   section of this catalog for a complete description of           etiquette, compliments, and safety and medical
   these courses.                                                  emergencies. No prior knowledge of Spanish is necessary.
128 Course Descriptions
    FL 153. Spanish for Requesting Personal                  (FS) FIRE SCIENCE                                                       FS 125. Fire Inspector I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
Information and Data. 3 hours credit. This course                                                                                FS 100 with a C or better or currently enrolled in FS 100.
                                                                  FS 100. Firefighter I. 4.5 hours credit. This course will
provides the student with basic Spanish phrases,                                                                                 This course will enable the student to conduct a building
                                                             enable the student perform basic fire service operations
questions and commands used to acquire specific                                                                                  inspection, communicate fire prevention
                                                             and gain basic knowledge of personal safety, personal
personal information and data from Spanish-speaking                                                                              recommendations, and preplan for effective action
                                                             protective clothing and equipment, fire service tools and
customers and/or clients. Discussions also cover cross-                                                                          during fires and emergencies.
                                                             equipment, fire behavior, building construction, and tactics
cultural issues of Hispanic community members.
                                                             and strategies. The student will learn requirements for initial
                                                                                                                                      FS 127. Introduction to the Fire Code. 3 hours credit.
                                                             response to hazardous materials incidents and develop
     FL 154. Survival Spanish for Paramedics & EMTs. 3                                                                           Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or be currently
                                                             team communication skills necessary for emergency
hours credit. This course provides the student with basic                                                                        enrolled in FS 100. This course will enable the student to
                                                             operations. This course will prepare the student to meet
Spanish phrases, questions and commands to assist                                                                                conduct a fire inspection utilizing the 2003 International
                                                             National Fire Protection Association's Standard 1001,
Spanish-speaking persons in emergency situations.                                                                                Fire Code. The emphasis will be on fire inspection
                                                             Firefighter Professional Qualifications, pertaining to the
Emphasis is placed on concise Spanish to determine the                                                                           requirements for occupancy types ranging from privately
                                                             Firefighter I level. The student will be introduced to NFPA
patient’s chief complaint, extent of injury or nature of                                                                         owned and operated properties to places of public
                                                             Standard 472, Professional Competencies of Responders to
illness, as well as to explain procedures and treatment.                                                                         assembly. The student will address current topics and
                                                             Hazardous Materials Incidents, at the Awareness level.
Discussions also cover cross-cultural issues of Hispanic                                                                         requirements for hazardous materials storage, flammable
community members.                                                FS 103. Fire Officer I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: FS       liquid storage, emergency exiting, general fire and life
                                                             100 with a C or better or currently enrolled in FS 100. The         safety enabling him/her to identify fire code violations
    FL 155. Spanish for Industry, Manufacturing, and




                                                                                                                                                                                                   Languages
                                                             course will enable the student to identify managerial styles        and effectively take corrective actions in the abatement




                                                                                                                                                                                                    Foreign
Warehousing. 3 hours credit. This course provides the                                                                            of violations. The importance of fire code enforcement,
                                                             utilized by fire service officers. The student will also identify
student with basic Spanish phrases, questions and                                                                                as it pertains to fire and life safety as well as property
                                                             different types of fire department organizations and the
commands pertinent to daily interactions between                                                                                 preservation, will be addressed.
                                                             unique challenges facing fire officers in different fire
supervisors and workers at industrial sites, manufacturing
                                                             service organizations. This course will also enable the
plants, and warehouses. Discussions also cover cross-                                                                                 FS 130. Construction Methods and Materials. 3 hours
                                                             student to develop a working budget for a fire department
cultural issues of Hispanic community members.                                                                                   credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or be currently
                                                             and identify revenue sources that can be utilized in
    FL 158. Survival Spanish for Emergency 1st               developing an operating budget.                                     enrolled in FS 100. This course will enable the student to
Responders. 3 hours credit. This course will enable the                                                                          recognize various building configurations and the specific
                                                                  FS 110. Firefighter Safety. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:      hazards associated with them. The student will develop an
student to speak in Spanish using phrases, questions and
                                                             FS 100 with a C or better or currently enrolled in FS 100.          understanding of the concepts of fire-resistance and how
commands in emergency situations. A student with no
                                                             The course will enable the student to identify dangers of           fire affects structural members in an uncontrolled
prior knowledge of Spanish will be able to determine the
                                                             firefighting on the fire ground, responding and returning           environment. The student will develop an understanding
chief complaint, extent of injury and/or nature of illness
                                                             from the fire ground. This course will also enable the              of how different building configurations and construction
and explain appropriate protocol procedures and
                                                             student to identify station safety and how to operate               materials can influence fire suppression tactics.
treatment. The student will become aware of cross-
                                                             effectively at the fireground using an “Incident
cultural issues of Hispanic community members.
                                                             Command” system.                                                        FS 135. Fundamentals of Fire Prevention. 3 hours
     FL 159. Survival Spanish and Cross-Cultural Training                                                                        credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or currently
                                                                 FS 111. Incident Safety Officer. 1 hour credit. Pre-
for Doing Business in Latin America. 3 hours credit.                                                                             enrolled in FS 100. This course will enable the student to
                                                             requisite: FS 200, FS 110, and FS 103 with a C or better. This
This course will enable the student to speak in Spanish                                                                          understand the functions of the fire department
                                                             course will enable the student to identify and understand
using phrases, questions and commands in business                                                                                organization, inspection, public cooperation, and images.
                                                             the roles and responsibilities of the Incident Safety Officer
relationships in Latin America. A student with no prior                                                                          The student also will be able to recognize fire hazards and
                                                             by meeting National Fire Protection Association's Standard
knowledge of Spanish will be able to receive guests and                                                                          develop and implement a systematic and deliberate
                                                             1521, Standard for Fire Department Safety Officer and NFPA
visitors, make necessary requests for personal needs and                                                                         inspection program, and survey local, state, and national
                                                             Standard 1500, Standard on Fire Department Occupational
respond to foreign business personnel. The student will                                                                          codes pertaining to fire prevention and related technology.
                                                             Safety and Health Program. The student will identify the
be able to identify, anticipate and cope with common
                                                             roles, responsibilities, and characteristics of an effective
cross-cultural barriers.
                                                             Incident Safety Officer. The student will also identify direct
                                                             and indirect hazards on an emergency scene.

                                                                                                                                                               Course Descriptions 129
       FS 140. Emergency Rescue. 3 hours credit.                    FS 180. Fire Investigation. 3 hours credit.                       FS 203. Fire Service Hydraulics. 3 credit hours.
   Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or be currently      Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or currently enrolled    Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or concurrent
   enrolled in FS 100. This course will enable the student to   in FS 100. This course will enable the student to have a         enrollment in FS 100. This course will enable the student
   identify and perform rescue procedures required by           good understanding of arson and incendiarism, legal              to understand the mechanics of liquids, particularly as
   emergency personnel with particular emphasis on              aspects of arson, and methods of setting incendiary fires.       they pertain to water flow, hydrants, pumps, standpipes,
   applying current hardware and procedural developments        This course will also enable the student to have a               hoses, nozzles, and sprinkler systems, as adapted to
   to the area of emergency rescue. The student will            knowledge of the various causes of fire, techniques for          firefighting practices. The student will develop knowledge
   research the specific hazards associated with the natural    recognizing and preserving evidence, and means for               of how various gauges operate and how to properly read
   and man-made disasters that are the results of our           interviewing and detaining witnesses. Procedures utilized        devices such as manometers and pressure gauges. The
   modern, technical society.                                   in handling juveniles, court procedures, and the giving of       student will develop experience with hydrostatic devices,
                                                                court testimony are also covered.                                pump problems, cavitations, and the use of a pitot and
       FS 141. Rope Rescue I. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: FS
                                                                                                                                 venture meters. Students will also learn to calculate
   100 and FS 140 with a C or better. This course will enable        FS 200. Firefighter II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: FS
                                                                                                                                 factors to get results in working with fluids in motion,
   the student to recognize conditions requiring rope rescue    100 with a C or better. This course will enable the student
                                                                                                                                 head calculations, friction losses, and velocity flow. This
   by meeting National Fire Protection Association's Standard   to make effective fire ground decisions pertaining to the
                                                                                                                                 course will enable the student to succeed in fire service
   1670, pertaining to rope rescue. The student will also be    implementation of the Incident Management System and
                                                                                                                                 pump operations.
   capable of hazard recognition, equipment use, and            building and structural collapse indications and
   techniques necessary to operate at a rope rescue incident.   potentials. The student will identify and practice safe
                                                                                                                                      FS 205. Firefighting Tactics and Strategy. 3 hours
                                                                handling of rescue and extrication tools, obtain basic
                                                                                                                                 credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or concurrent
       FS 145. Water Supplied Fire Protection Systems. 3        knowledge and skills in performing vehicle extrications
                                                                                                                                 enrollment in FS 100. This course will enable the student
   hours credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or     and other special rescue situations. The student will gain
                                                                                                                                 to identify and execute tactics, strategies, and procedures
   currently enrolled in FS 100. A study of the mechanical      an understanding of various hose tools and appliances,
                                                                                                                                 during fire ground operations, as part of a team or as an
   and procedural systems of fire protection including          hydrant flow and operability. The student will recognize
                                                                                                                                 individual. The student will develop skills in identifying
   exposure to the fire hydrant operating design criteria       container features in order to identify various types of
                                                                                                                                 problems that modern construction presents during fire
   which includes location concept, the basic configuration     hazardous materials and will learn to mitigate hazardous
                                                                                                                                 ground operations. The student will address incident
   and design of standpipes, combustible vapor, automatic       materials incidents using defensive measures. The
                                                                                                                                 preplanning, incident action plans, potential fire ground
   sprinkler systems, flame arrestors, flame failure controls   importance of teamwork, communication, and roles and
                                                                                                                                 problems, special methods and equipment used during
   for oil and gas fire equipment, explosion venting and        responsibilities of hazardous materials first responder at
                                                                                                                                 fire fighting operations, and post fire analysis. The
   pressure relief devices, automatic fire resistant door and   the operations level will be included. This course will
                                                                                                                                 student will be able to identify each position within the
   shutter design, and operational concepts.                    prepare the student to meet National Fire Protection
                                                                                                                                 Incident Management System and acknowledge the
                                                                Association's (NFPA) Standard 1001, Firefighter
       FS 149. Surface Water Rescue. 1 hour credit.                                                                              importance of establishing attack and rescue priorities
                                                                Professional Qualifications, Firefighter II level. The student
   Prerequisite: FS 100 and FS 140 with a C or better. This                                                                      during various emergency operations.
                                                                will be introduced to NFPA Standard 472, Professional
   course will enable the student to recognize conditions
                                                                Competencies of Responders to Hazardous Material                      FS 208. Fire Science Seminar. 3 hours credit.
   requiring a surface water rescue by meeting National Fire
                                                                Incidents, at the Operations level.                              Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or currently enrolled in
   Protection Association's Standard 1670, pertaining to
                                                                                                                                 FS 100. Fire service seminars offered shall represent subject
   Surface Water Rescue. The student will also be capable of
                                                                    FS 201. Fire Equipment and Systems. 3 hours credit.          matter related to technical fields of fire service and offer
   hazard recognition, equipment use, and techniques
                                                                Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or be currently          professional training for pre-service and in-service people.
   necessary to operate at a surface water rescue incident.
                                                                enrolled in FS 100. This course will enable the student to       Seminars include classroom study, demonstrations and drills
                                                                become familiar with the components of modern fire               in fire apparatus, fire tactics, fire suppression, hazardous
                                                                apparatus such as pumpers, aerial apparatus, tankers, etc.       materials, applied rescues, safety, explosives, arson detection
                                                                Through an analysis of various systems, including electrical,    and investigation, petroleum fires, building inspections and
                                                                braking, drive train, chassis frame, hydraulics and more, the    other fire-related subjects.
                                                                student will develop the skills needed to write
                                                                specifications for the purchase of new fire equipment.



130 Course Descriptions
    FS 216. Fire Chemistry. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: FS     (HL) HEALTH                                                    (HM) HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT
100 with a C or better or currently enrolled in FS 100. This
                                                                     HL 100. Personal and Public Health. 3 hours credit.            HM 115. Hospitality Human Resources. 3 hours
course covers the chemicals that cause hazardous materials
                                                                 A study of the most important phases of healthful living       credit. This course will enable the student to appraise the
to become dangerous. Students will study dangerous
                                                                 and hygienic principles as applied to both personal living     management of human assets of the hospitality industry.
elements, chemical bonding, covalent bonding, hydrocarbon
                                                                 and community responsibilities.                                The student will learn teamwork and the role of
derivatives, combustion, and flammable liquids. The latest
                                                                                                                                management to provide focused leadership in developing
technology from the Federal Emergency Management
                                                                      HL 130. First Aid. 2 hours credit. American Red Cross     and motivating employees to function as a team to
Agency, Emmitsburg, Maryland, will be introduced.
                                                                 Standard and American Red Cross Advanced courses in            achieve organizational goals. This course will engage the
     FS 250. Fire Command. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:         first aid training. This course utilizes American Red Cross    student in approaches to disciplines, performance
FS100 or currently enrolled in FS 100. This course will          Standard methods to prepare students to respond                appraisals, problem solving, decision making, recruitment
enable the student to gain a basic understanding of the          correctly in emergencies. The skills and techniques            and retention, communication, and effective utilization of
command roles and responsibilities during fires and other        learned will prepare the student to know what to do and        time management as outlined and set forth in the
emergency incidents. The student will be able to identify        make decisions to take the appropriate steps to keep a         framework of team performance. This course will enable
life threatening and non-life threatening situations during      victim alive and safe from further injury until Emergency      the student to define his/her role in fostering and
emergencies, and based on given data will be able to             Medical Services (EMS) arrive.                                 functioning within a team environment, and develop
effectively manage the emergency utilizing resources                                                                            leadership skills that are needed to control, manage and
and various tactics and strategies.                                 HL 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit       improve processes in the hospitality business.
                                                                 each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
     FS 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit each.            See Internships section of this catalog for a complete              HM 116. Event Planning I. 3 hours credit. This course
Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor. Topics   description of these courses.                                  will enable the student to appraise the management of
of specific interest the student will be developed. These                                                                       event planning. Areas emphasized include understanding
topics will be established by student’s needs or                      HL 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,        world of events, the basic principles and design of event
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued and        II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education     planning, creating an effective event, planning a
instructional material that lends itself to current trends or    with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education          successful event, sponsorships of events, marketing and




                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire Science
topics that are needed to supplement normal classroom            section of this catalog for a complete description of          promoting events, managing volunteers and the
instruction will be offered.                                     these courses.                                                 management team of an event, working with food
                                                                      HL 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.               vendors, and documenting and evaluating events. The
    FS 265. Fire Apparatus Driver/Operator. 4 hours credit.
                                                                 Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor.        student will gain a basic understanding of the role of an
Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better and FS 203 with a C or
                                                                 Topics of specific interest to the student will be             event planner and develop leadership skills that are
better. This course will enable the student to understand the
                                                                 developed. These topics will be established by the             needed to control, manage, and improve events in the
responsibilities and skills required to function as a fire
                                                                 student’s needs or requirements. Areas of specific needs       hospitality business.
apparatus driver/operator. The student will learn to safely
move the fire apparatus to and from emergency and non-           will be pursued and instructional material that lends itself
                                                                                                                                     HM 120. Culinary Arts I. 3 hours credit. This course
emergency incidents. The student will also learn to safely       to current trends or topics that are needed to supplement
                                                                                                                                will enable the student to develop culinary skills in the
and effectively operate fire apparatus at emergency and non-     normal classroom instruction will be offered.
                                                                                                                                kitchen environment. The student will learn skills in
emergency incidents.                                                                                                            sanitation, basic cooking principals and methods, knife
   FS 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit                                                                        skills, safe food handling, safe equipment handling,
each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.                                                                           recipe interpretation, and preparing meals for commercial
See Internships section of this catalog for a complete                                                                          consumption. This course will engage the student in all
description of these courses.                                                                                                   areas of basic cooking and meal preparations.

     FS 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
section of this catalog for a complete description of
these courses.

                                                                                                                                                            Course Descriptions 131
        HM 143, 144, 243 and 244 Field Study I, II, III, IV. 1-       HM 201. Facilities and Sanitation Management. 3                HM 205. Menu Planning / Food Production. 3
   6 hours credit. Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Hospitality    hours credit. This course will enable the student to apply    hours credit. This course will enable the student to
   Management Program or concurrent enrollment in a               effective facilities and sanitation management principles     appraise the basic principles of food production and
   hospitality management course or instructor permission.        to food service operations. The student will learn how to     menu planning for the hospitality industry. The student
   This course will enable the student to appraise his or her     streamline operations, address environmental issues, and      will employ the basics of food production including
   skills and develop career exploration experiences to           communicate effectively with personnel. The student will      quality food planning, quantity food production, and
   clarify his or her professional choices. The student will      focus on ensuring compliance with the FDA Food Code           quantity food management. Students will appraise
   analyze career options in the hospitality industry by          and reducing health risks through Hazard Analysis Critical    different types of menus objectively and subjectively and
   exploring selected professions with interviews and job         Control Point (HACCP) approaches. The student will be         develop skills in writing, layout, design, and costing of
   shadowing experiences. The student will document the           qualified to earn the ServSafe Certification sponsored by     menus used in various types of food service operations.
   learning experiences and build a continuous portfolio to       the National Restaurant Association.
   be use for future interviewing. Independent work will be                                                                          HM 207. Travel Reservations. 3 hours credit. This
   evaluated and supported by regular conferences with                HM 202. Quality Management / Customer Service.            course will enable the student to research and plan travel
   their work-based learning coordinator.                         3 hours credit. This course will enable the student to        itineraries for the travel and tourism industry. By utilizing
                                                                  appraise the strategies to improve leadership abilities,      complete product information, codes, printed resources
       HM 180. Introduction to Hospitality & Tourism. 3           high performance teams, and employee empowerment              and sample GDS/CRS displays, reservations procedures
   hours credit. This course will enable the student to           in the hospitality industry. The student will learn           and sales and service techniques, the student will learn
   appraise the components of the hospitality and tourism         traditional management theories and the role of               how to acquire the necessary information to book air
   industry. This course will enable the student to define the    management theories in the hospitality industry. The          travel, car rentals, hotel accommodations, and rail travel.
   different components of tourism, including:                    student will identify approaches to customer service and           HM 208. Fares and Tickets. 2 hours credit. This
   transportation systems, the lodging industry, the food         moments of truth. The student will define his/her             course provides a thorough understanding of the terms,
   and beverage industry, attractions, and public tourism         leadership style and leadership skills that are needed for    principles, procedures and rules of faring and ticketing.
   businesses. The student will learn how to appraise the         continuous improvement, power and empowerment,                Demonstration and hands-on practice and activities allow
   economic impact that tourism has on local economies.           communication skills, goal-setting, coaching, conflict-       students to become proficient in the application of new
   This course will enable the student to discover career         management skills, and high-performance teams in              skills. The student will learn to interpret and apply fare
   opportunities within the hospitality and tourism industry.     hospitality businesses.                                       displays and rule displays, construct domestic fares,
                                                                                                                                explain domestic and international PNR linear fare
       HM 190. Food and Beverage Management. 3 hours                  HM 203. Rooms Management. 3 hours credit.                 information, transportation taxes, surcharges, and fees to
   credit. This course will enable the student to appraise the    Prerequisite: HM256 Hotel/Motel Operations or                 transportation paid in Canada. Preparing and processing
   components of food service management in various               departmental approval. The course will enable the student     domestic and international ticket documents will be
   types of food service systems. The student will learn cost     to recognize the components of front office and               practiced as well with calculating and processing refunds
   and sales concepts and their relationship with profits. The    housekeeping departments within a hotel setting. Areas        reissues and exchanges.
   student will learn how to calculate costs, and profits, and    emphasized include: front office operations, reservations,
   apply control concept factors for food, beverage, and          registration, front office responsibilities, front office          HM 209. Leisure Travel. 3 hours credit. This course
   labor control.                                                 accounting, check-out and settlement, night audit, planning   will enable the student to assist the leisure traveler with
                                                                  and evaluating operations, revenue management, and            travel planning and arrangements. The student will
       HM 195. Beverage Control. 3 hours credit. This             managing human resources within the front office. In          explore the top leisure destinations, current cruise trends,
   course will enable the student to appraise the various         housekeeping units, the student will explore the day-to-day   the present and future trends in tours, adventure tours,
   components of bar management. The student will learn           operations and the managerial functions of the                ecotourism, and travel insurance. The student will also
   about bar layout, merchandising, marketing, bar design,        housekeeping department.                                      focus on leisure services for groups, incentive travel, and
   service, inventory, ordering, cost centers, and the social                                                                   exploring new and tested leisure products.
   responsibilities of serving alcohol. This course will enable
   the student to define basics of winemaking, distinguish
   between domestic and imported wines, sparkling wines,
   champagnes, aperitif and fortified wines, brewed
   beverages, distilled sprits, liqueurs, and other potent
   potables served in hospitality settings.
132 Course Descriptions
    HM 210. Destination Geography – Eastern &                       HM 216. Event Planning II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:        HM 255. Hospitality Law. 3 hours credit. This course
Western Hemisphere. 3 hours credit. This course will           HM 116 with a C or better. This course will enable the          will enable the student to understand the legal aspects of
enable the student to identify geographical and cultural       student to review the previously planned special event plan     hotels, restaurants and other hospitality organizations.
components of the Eastern and Western Hemisphere               and administer the event. Areas emphasized include              The student will review essential information that
countries, cities and states. The student will learn how to    executing the basic principles and design of the event plan,    managers need to comply with the law and to develop
identify specific tourist destination sites and events. This   reviewing and executing an effective event, follow-up and       preventive tactics to avoid lawsuits.
course will enable the student to retrieve specific            selling the sponsorships of an event, executing the
information for his/her tourism clients.                       marketing plan for the event, developing and managing               HM 256. Hotel / Motel Operations. 3 hours credit.
                                                               the volunteers for the scheduled event, developing              This course will enable the student to identify types of
    HM 212. Computer Reservation Systems RTS for               communication and teaming skills while working with             public lodging establishments and their management
SABRE. 4 hours credit. This course provides complete           volunteers, customers, sponsors and classmates, working         structures. The student will explore the various departments
instruction, demonstration and hands-on practice on the        with food vendors, and documenting and evaluating               within a lodging operation and their interdependence in
simulated SABRE computer reservations system. The              events. The student will gain an advanced understanding         meeting guest needs and expectations.
student will learn to create, modify and maintain              of the role of an event planner and develop leadership
passenger name records, build and price air itineraries,       skills that are needed to control, manage and improve               HM 258. Hospitality Marketing. 3 hours credit. This
generate automated airline tickets and boarding passes,        events in the hospitality business.                             course will enable the student to analyze to the
and book hotel accommodations and car rentals.                                                                                 fundamentals of marketing with a hospitality emphasis.
                                                                   HM 220. Culinary Arts II. 3 hours credit.                   The student will explore methods of identifying
    HM 213. Corporate Travel Management. 3 hours               Prerequisite: HM 120 with a C or better. This course will       consumer needs, segmenting the various markets, and
credit. This course provides a thorough understanding of       enable the student to develop culinary skills in the            selecting the best strategy to reach the identified
the corporate traveler. The student will learn about           kitchen environment. The student will learn skills in           consumer.
automation, cost cutting and professionalism in the            sanitation, recipe interpretation, recipe design, recipe
corporate travel department. Functions of corporate travel     costing, and preparing meals for commercial
departments, relationships with suppliers, financial           consumption. This course will engage the student in
                                                                                                                               (HR) HONORS
management, preparing requests for proposals and                                                                                    HR 100. Honors Seminar I. 2 hours credit.
                                                               areas of baking, cold kitchen, more advanced meal
negotiating contracts will also be explored. The role of                                                                       Prerequisite: Instructor approval. All seminars will have
                                                               preparations, and meal preparations.
the corporate travel manager will be defined.                                                                                  different content. The purpose of the seminar is to focus
                                                                                                                               on topics of an interdisciplinary nature and to stimulate
                                                                    HM 221. Conducting Tours. 3 hours credit. This course
    HM 215. Catering Management. 3 hours credit.                                                                               critical thinking.
                                                               will enable the student to appraise the various components
Prerequisite: HM190 Food and Beverages Management or           of planning and executing tours for travelers. The student
departmental consent. This course will enable the                                                                                  HR 101. Honors Seminar II. 2 hours credit.
                                                               will learn about different types of tour guides and how to
                                                                                                                               Prerequisite: HR 100 with a C or better. All seminars will




                                                                                                                                                                                              Management
student to appraise the various components of a catering




                                                                                                                                                                                              Hospitality
                                                               develop tours to meet the client’s psychological needs, as
operation. The student will learn about marketing,                                                                             have different content. The purpose of the seminar is to
                                                               well as how to work with airlines, hotels, and various
contract writing, food production, room arrangement,                                                                           focus on topics of an interdisciplinary nature and to
                                                               suppliers to develop and customize tours.
and personnel required for specific catered events.                                                                            stimulate critical thinking.
                                                                   HM 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
                                                                                                                                   HR 102. Honors Seminar III. 2 hours credit.
                                                               Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
                                                                                                                               Prerequisite: HR 101 with a C or better. All seminars will
                                                               specific interest to the student will be developed. These
                                                                                                                               have different content. The purpose of the seminar is to
                                                               topics will be established by student needs or
                                                                                                                               focus on topics of an interdisciplinary nature and to
                                                               requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
                                                                                                                               stimulate critical thinking.
                                                               and instructional material that lends itself to current
                                                               trends or topics that are needed to supplement normal
                                                                                                                                   HR 103. Honors Seminar IV. 2 hours credit.
                                                               classroom instruction will be offered.
                                                                                                                               Prerequisite: HR 102 with a C or better. All seminars will
                                                                                                                               have different content. The purpose of the seminar is to
                                                                                                                               focus on topics of an interdisciplinary nature and to
                                                                                                                               stimulate critical thinking.

                                                                                                                                                            Course Descriptions 133
       HR 110. Honors Independent Study in (Subject Area).               HS 131. U.S. History I. 3 hours credit. This course will        HS 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
   2 hours credit. Prerequisite: Honors director’s approval. The     enable the student to internalize, analyze and synthesize      II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
   content of the course will vary with the nature of the            facts and concepts from the pre-Columbian era to the           with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
   project. The purpose of the course is to enable a student to      Jacksonian era. Through use of terminology and                 section of this catalog for a complete description of
   pursue a creative activity in which the student will grow         application of facts and concepts, students will know their    these courses.
   intellectually, or improve a skill or talent in an area outside   past and be able to apply it to the present and future.
   the realm of typical classroom activities. The process begins                                                                         HS 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
   with a proposal, followed by the execution of the problem             HS 132. US History 2. This course will enable the          Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor.
   or task and finishes with the presentation of paper,              student to internalize, analyze and synthesize facts           Topics of specific interest to the student will be
   performance or some other appropriate presentation.               and concepts from the era of Manifest Destiny                  developed. These topics will be established by the
                                                                     through World War I. Through use of terminology                student’s needs or requirements. Areas of specific needs
       HR 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit         and application of facts and concepts, students will           will be pursued and instructional material that lends itself
   each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See         know their past and be able to apply it to the                 to current trends or topics that are needed to supplement
   Internships section of this catalog for a complete                present and future.                                            normal classroom instruction will be offered.
   description of these courses.

         HR 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,              HS 136. US History III. 3 hours credit. This course will   (HU)HUMANITIES
   II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with   enable the student to internalize, analyze and synthesize
                                                                                                                                        HU 100. Humanities: Ancient to Medieval. 3 hours
   on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section          facts and concepts from the 1920s through the present.
                                                                                                                                    credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better.A study of the
   of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.      Through use of terminology and application of facts and
                                                                                                                                    integrated humanities (art, music, literature, theatre, history,
                                                                     concepts, students will know their past and be able to
                                                                                                                                    and philosophy) that includes some of the most significant
   (HS) HISTORY                                                      apply it to the present and future.
                                                                                                                                    landmarks of Western civilization’s cultural heritage as it
       HS 121. History of Western Civilization I. 3 hours                                                                           developed from the ancient world to the medieval.
                                                                         HS 201. History of World Civilization I. 3 hours credit.
   credit. This course will enable the student to internalize,
                                                                     This course will enable the student to internalize, analyze,
   analyze and synthesize facts and concepts from the                                                                                   HU 101. Humanities: Renaissance to Modern. 3
                                                                     and synthesize facts and concepts from the earliest
   Paleolithic era through the Late Middle Ages. Through use                                                                        hours credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better. A
                                                                     human communal organization through the beginnings
   of terminology and application of facts and concepts,                                                                            study of the integrated humanities (art, music, literature,
                                                                     of imperial interaction on a continental scale (1200 CE).
   students will know their and others’ past and be able to                                                                         theatre, history, and philosophy) that includes some of
                                                                     Through use of terminology and application of facts and
   apply it to the present and future.                                                                                              the most significant landmarks of Western civilization’s
                                                                     concepts, the student will know his/her and others’ past
                                                                                                                                    cultural heritage as it developed from the Renaissance to
       HS 122. History of Western Civilization II. 3 hours           and be able to apply it to the present and future.
                                                                                                                                    the Modern Age.
   credit. This course will enable the student to internalize,
   analyze and synthesize facts and concepts from the                    HS 202. History of World Civilization II. 3 hours
                                                                                                                                        HU 110. Humanities Through the Arts. 3 hours
   Renaissance through the Year of Revolution (1848). Through        credit. This course will enable the student to internalize,
                                                                                                                                    credit. This course will approach the humanities through a
   use of terminology and application of facts and concepts,         analyze and synthesize facts and concepts from the Late
                                                                                                                                    study of seven major arts: film, drama, music, literature,
   students will know their and others’ past and be able to          Middle Ages through the late 19th century imperial era.
                                                                                                                                    painting, sculpture, and architecture. Each of these arts is
   apply it to the present and future.                               Through use of terminology and application of facts and
                                                                                                                                    considered from the perspectives of historical
                                                                     concepts, the student will know his/her and others’ past
       HS 123. History of Western Civilization III. 3 hours                                                                         development, the elements used in creating works of art,
                                                                     and be able to apply it to the present and future.
   credit. This course provides a cultural development of the                                                                       meaning and form expressed, and criticism or critical
   Western World from 1848 to the present. Topics studied                                                                           evaluation. The course is designed to help students raise
                                                                        HS 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
   include the rise of certain ideologies such as Communism,                                                                        answer questions about their individual and societal
                                                                     each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
   Evolution, Realism, Positivism and Psychoanalysis; the rise of                                                                   expressions of values.
                                                                     See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
   Western imperialism; World War I, the rise and decline of         description of these courses.
   the Soviet Union; the rise and decline of Fascism and
   Totalitarianism; World War II; and the development and
   challenges of the Western World since 1945.

134 Course Descriptions
     HU 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                      IN 108. PC Visual Basic Programming. 3 hours                  IN 114. Dreamweaver. 3 hours credit. This course will
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of          credit. Prerequisite: IN 105 Introduction to Programming.     enable the student to produce web sites using
specific interest to the student will be developed. These         This course enables the student to use structured             Macromedia Dreamweaver, a software application for
topics will be established by the student’s needs or              programming techniques to develop applications using          visually designing and managing web pages. Topics
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued and         MS Visual Basic as the application development                include page creation, tables, frames, forms and site
instructional material that lends itself to current trends or     language. The course will be presented in a lecture with      management. This course covers navigation, text styles,
topics needed to supplement normal classroom instruction          lab format and will emphasize program development             graphics, and cascading style sheets. The student will
will be offered.                                                  within a GUI (Graphical User Interface) environment. This     learn efficient work techniques and implement
                                                                  course is for the student interested in information           Dreamweaver layers, libraries and templates. Upon
    HU 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit         systems & technology application development as a             completing this course, the student be ready to plan,
each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See         profession. Before enrolling in PC Visual Basic               build, upload, and maintain a professional Web site.
Internships section of this catalog for a complete                Programming, the student should be competent in basic         Before enrolling in this course, the student must be
description of these courses.                                     computer operation, use the Internet for research and the     competent in basic computer skills.
      HU 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,          use of standard office software like MS-Word, MS-Excel
II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with   and MS-Access.                                                     IN 115. Flash Fundamentals. 3 credit hours. This
on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section                                                                        course will enable the student to plan, build and publish
of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.           IN 112. HyperText Markup Language. 3 hours credit.       Flash graphics. This course emphasizes production of
                                                                  This course will enable the student to use the markup         vector graphics using Macromedia Flash, a software
(IN) COMPUTER INFORMATION                                         languages used to code pages for the World Wide Web.          application for designing and publishing digital
                                                                  The student will use simple text editors to prepare           animations. During the course, the student will use digital
TECHNOLOGY                                                        HyperText Markup Language (HTML) and Extensible               palettes, tools and a variety of techniques to create
    IN 101. Introduction to Information Technology. 3             HyperText Markup Language (XHTML). In addition, the           images and then modify their size, appearance and
hours credit. This course will enable the student to become       student will troubleshoot faulty web pages and provide        behavior. Topics include object creation, frames, motion
knowledgeable about current information technologies.             corrective HTML coding. Topics include the origins of         and shape tweening, actions, interactive buttons, sounds
The student will learn basic computer function and                markup languages, how standards are established and           and publication. The student will learn efficient work
applications with an overview of computers including              changed, and the role of browser software companies in        techniques and implement Flash’s layers, symbols, and
networks, data storage and security, programming and              expanding web capabilities. The course is designed for        libraries. This course is designed for those anticipating a
multimedia software. The course will enable the student to        the student who wants in-depth skills in markup               career in web programming or web design. Before
select an area of concentration for future studies in the         languages. It is appropriate for the student who intends      enrolling in the course, the student should be competent
information technology field.                                     to work in the web design, development, or production         in basic computer operation.
                                                                  fields. Before enrolling in the course, the student should
     IN 105. Introduction to Programming. 3 hours credit.         be competent in basic computer operation.                          IN 116. XML Programming. 3 hours credit.
This course will enable the student to solve algorithmic                                                                        Prerequisite: IN 108 Visual Basic or IN 112 HyperText
problems and logically design a computer program using                IN 113. JavaScript. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IN112   Markup with a C or better. This course provides students
structured programming techniques. The student will also          HTML or equivalent experience. This course will enable        with the knowledge of learning XML and how it is used in
learn the most commonly used Information Technology               the student to develop Web applications using the             web pages, e-commerce or data-storage applications.
terms. The course will enable the student to apply these          JavaScript Programming language.                              Anywhere that data is exchanged between applications
skills to application programming or Web application                                                                            or tiers is a potential application for XML. This course is




                                                                                                                                                                                              Humanities
development. Before enrolling in the course, the student                                                                        designed for those anticipating a career in web
should be competent in basic computer operation.                                                                                programming, or those seeking professional certification.
     IN 106. Supporting Desktop Systems. 3 hours credit.
This course will enable the student to demonstrate an
ability to install, configure and repair desktop computer
systems. This course is designed for those anticipating a
career in computer or network support or for those seeking
professional certification.

                                                                                                                                                            Course Descriptions 135
        IN 117. Digital Video Editing. 3 hours credit. The            IN 124. Introduction to Multimedia Design. 3 hours            IN 131. Network Servers. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite
   course will enable the student to use multimedia industry      credit. This course will enable the student to articulate    or concurrent: IN 106 with a C or better. This course will
   standard digital video editing software to capture,            basic design principles and identify the hardware and        enable the student to install, upgrade, and administer the
   transfer, edit and compress audio and video. This course       software used for multimedia production. Typography,         Microsoft Windows Server operating system. The student
   focuses on the post-production process for non-linear          color, images, animation and video will be considered as     will learn about environments in which Microsoft
   editing of digital video for use in multimedia applications.   multimedia design elements. Models for project               Windows Server is installed, and will administer Microsoft
   During the course, the student will analyze editing            management, including costing, interface design, team        Windows Server for various user needs. The student will
   effects demonstrated in clips from ads, music videos, and      development and content management will be                   create and administer domain accounts, monitor system
   feature films. This course is designed for those               presented. The Internet as a research tool and delivery      performance, and perform backups and restores. The
   anticipating a career in multimedia production, for digital    system will be examined, as well as typical methods for      student will also configure printers, administer network
   artists, and for the advanced video hobbyist. Before           preparing multimedia for the World Wide Web. The             services, and manage disk storage.
   enrolling in this course, the student should be competent      student will evaluate examples of multimedia developed
   in basic computer operation.                                   for education, entertainment, and business. Before
                                                                  enrolling in Introduction to Multimedia Design, the              IN 133. Supporting Networked Computers. 3 hours
       IN 118. ASP, PHP and Databases. 3 hours credit.            student must be competent in basic computer operation.       credit. Prerequisite: IN 106 with a C or better. This course will
   Prerequisite: IN 113 with a C or better or equivalent                                                                       enable the student to be able to install, configure and
   experience. This course will enable the student to create          IN 125. Multimedia Production. 3 hours credit. This      repair computers used on networks. Emphasis will be
   Web applications using server-based databases.                 course will enable the student to use graphics, authoring,   placed on advanced configuration and troubleshooting
                                                                  and audio software commonly used to produce                  using workstations and servers. This course is designed for
       IN 119. Digital Audio. 3 credit hours. This course will    multimedia projects. The focus is on hands-on design,        those anticipating a career in computer or network support
   enable the student to produce an audio soundtrack in an        development and production of multimedia for online          or for those seeking professional certification.
   entirely digital environment. The student will gain a          delivery. The student will apply design guidelines that           IN 135. Web Graphics. 3 hours credit. This course will
   working knowledge of how synthesizers produce                  lead to effective multimedia. During the course the          enable the student to use image-editing software to
   monophonic/polyphonic sounds, how sequencers                   student will create a multimedia web site using HTML and     manipulate graphics and prepare them for publication on
   arrange and edit these sounds, how samplers can be             JavaScript and an interactive movie incorporating text,      the World Wide Web. The student will use digital palettes,
   used to digitize organic sounds, how effects and               graphics, animation and sound using a full-featured          tools and a variety of techniques to create images and then
   equalization can be used to modify these sounds, and           authoring program. Before enrolling in Introduction to       modify their size, appearance and resolution. The student
   how all of these skills can be combined to generate new,       Multimedia Design, students should be competent in           will develop typical web images including buttons, rollovers
   digital soundtracks for multimedia.                            basic computer operation.                                    and animations. The student will apply techniques to
                                                                                                                               optimize web images so they maintain detail during file
        IN 123. Logo Design with Illustrator. 3 hours credit.         IN 130. Network Clients. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite    compression. Before enrolling in this course, the student
   Prerequisite: Previous successful completion or                or Concurrent: IN 131. Co-requisite: IN 237 Networking       must be competent in basic computer skills.
   concurrent enrollment in AR 121 Two-Dimensional                Management. This course will enable the student to
   Design. This course will enable the student to employ          install and administer the Microsoft Windows XP client           IN 137. Business Web Sites with FrontPage. 3 hours
   vector drawing tools and digital techniques to create a        operating system. The student will learn about settings in   credit. This course will enable the student to use Microsoft
   range of illustrative styles. The student’s work will be       which Microsoft Windows XP is installed, and administer      FrontPage to produce web sites for small businesses. The
   based on a review of both traditional and digital              Microsoft Windows XP for various user environments. The      student will create web sites using templates or design
   illustrators, an exploration of contemporary illustration      student will create and configure user accounts, plan and    wizards; add tables, frames, forms and graphics to web
   practices, and an application of graphic design tools and      manage permissions, and will configure the operating         pages; and publish completed sites. The course
   terminology. The course focuses on the principles of           system to use various network services. The student will     emphasizes how an enterprise can plan, design, produce,
   effective illustration and digital branding in the             also back up and restore system files, manage the update     promote and maintain a business site. This course is
   preparation of corporate logos and identity graphics.          process, troubleshoot problems, and audit operating          designed for those who want to create a site for a small
                                                                  system activity.                                             business and for multimedia professionals who want to add
                                                                                                                               FrontPage to their authoring skills. Before enrolling in this
                                                                                                                               course, the student should be competent in basic
                                                                                                                               computer operation.

136 Course Descriptions
     IN 140. Enterprise Networking I. 3 hours credit.                IN 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative Education I,           IN 211. Java Programming. 3 hours credit.
Prerequisite: IN 131. This course will enable the student to    II, III, IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with   Prerequisites: IN 105, with a C or better. IN 200 strongly
install and administer a Microsoft Windows network              on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education               suggested. This is an advanced-programming course
infrastructure. The student will plan addressing and name       section of this catalog for a complete description of          covering the basics of the Java language. Students will
resolution strategies, secure a network infrastructure and      these courses.                                                 learn the fundamental Java and Object Orient
harden servers using policy objects and security                                                                               Programming and Design (OOP/OOD) principles and will
templates. The student will also learn how to implement             IN 200. Introduction to Programming with C++. 3            use the Java language to create simple applications and
network load balancing and server clusters. The student         hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 105 or equivalent               Internet Applets. This course is intended for students
will install and implement certificate services, secure         experience. This course will enable the student to use         anticipating a career in computer programming or
communications with IPSec, and monitor the network for          structured programming techniques to develop                   wanting to learn Java.
security issues.                                                applications using the C++ programming language.

                                                                    IN 201. C#. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 105 with a        IN 214. Java Programming and Web Databases. 3
    IN 144. Home Technology Integration Networking.             C or better, or equivalent experience. This course will        hours credit. Prerequisite: IN211 with a C or better or
3 hours credit. This course will enable the student to          enable the student to use object-oriented programming          equivalent experience. This course will enable the
analyze the requirements and implement a home/ home             techniques to develop software applications using the          student to use the Java platform to create database-driven
office network.                                                 C# language.                                                   Web sites.

    IN 150. Network Directory Services I. 3 hours credit.                                                                          IN 216. Flash ActionScript. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                    IN 202. Perl Programming. 3 hours credit.                  IN 115 Flash Fundamentals. This course will enable the
Prerequisite: IN 131. This course will enable the student to    Prerequisite: IN 112 HTML. This course will enable the
install, upgrade, and administer the Microsoft Windows                                                                         student to use ActionScript, the scripting language used to
                                                                student to use Common Gateway Interface (CGI) and Perl         expand the capabilities of Macromedia Flash vector
Active Directory. The student will learn about forest and       to create Web-based applications for Windows and UNIX
tree domain structures, how to modify the Active Directory                                                                     animations. Building on a basic knowledge of Flash, the
                                                                operating systems. The student will be able to add             student will add ActionScript enhancements to games,
schema and how to implement an Active Directory across          functionality to Web pages and create interactive Web
distributed sites. The student will evaluate operation                                                                         Web pages, and Flash movies. The student will build and
                                                                applications. The student should be familiar with the          troubleshoot a series of specified ActionScript projects.
master roles and discover how to distribute the Global          UNIX or Windows operating system and have a basic
Catalog. The student will implement global and universal                                                                       The course does not require previous programming
                                                                understanding of how to use the Internet before                experience. This course is designed for those anticipating
groups, maintain user and computer configurations               enrolling in this course.
through group policy and secure Active Directory.                                                                              a career in Web development and production.

    IN 181. Computer Programming and Databases. 3                    IN 208. Multimedia Authoring Tools. 3 hours credit.           IN 217. 2D Animation and Cartooning I. 3 hours
hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 105 or equivalent                This course will enable the student to combine                 credit. Prerequisite: IN 135 Web Graphics or IN 115 Flash
experience. This course will enable the student to use          multimedia elements of graphics, text, audio and video         Fundamentals with a C or better. This course will enable
database programming to develop customized database             into effective digital presentations. The student will use     the student to create animations for the Web, including
applications. The student will learn how to plan and            professional multimedia authoring tools to create movies       animated buttons, banner ads, cartoons, and animated
create a database, manipulate data, and produce reports.        for interactive training, marketing presentations and multi-   diagrams. The student will analyze cartoon styles and
                                                                user games. Topics include storyboarding, navigation,          techniques; complete a series of specified animation
    IN 182. Advanced Database Programming. 3 hours              user interaction and efficient work techniques. This           projects; and storyboard and produce original animations.
credit. Prerequisite: IN181 with a C or better, or equivalent   course is designed for the student anticipating a career in    The focus is on the most-prevalent 2-dimensional
experience. This course will enable the student to build        multimedia programming, multimedia production or               animation technologies: DHTML, animated GIFs, and
and deploy dynamic Web applications that interact with          multimedia design. Before enrolling in Introduction to         vector animation with Flash. The emphasis is on creating
powerful databases.                                             Multimedia Design, the student should have experience          professional-quality animations and managing an efficient
                                                                in producing digital graphics.                                 workflow. This course is designed for those anticipating a




                                                                                                                                                                                               Technology
   IN 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit




                                                                                                                                                                                                Computer
                                                                                                                               career in Web development and production.
each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
description of these courses.


                                                                                                                                                            Course Descriptions 137
       IN 218. 2D Animation and Cartooning II. 3 hours                 IN 228. Introduction to SQL Language. 3 hours                 IN 246. Router Technologies. 3 hours credit.
   credit. Prerequisite: IN 217 2D Animation and Cartooning I     credit. This course will enable the student to use the         Prerequisite: IN 245 Internetworking Fundamentals. This
   with a C or better. This course will enable the student to     Structured Query Language (SQL) to create, modify or           course will enable the student to identify the basics of
   evaluate cartoon styles and techniques; storyboard and         retrieve data from a relational database. The student will     network routers and routing.
   manage an animation project; record and synchronize            create a relational database. This course is designed for
   dialog and sound effects; build believable repetitive motion   those anticipating a career in database design or working          IN 247. Routing and Switching. 3 hours credit.
   cycles; manage backgrounds and camera movements; and           towards a computer related degree.                             Prerequisite: IN 246 Router Technologies. Co-requisite: IN
   publish a completed cartoon. The emphasis is on creating                                                                      248 Internetworking Protocols. This course will enable the
   cartoons that make the most of Flash software—cartoons             IN 232. Computer Equipment Servicing I. Co-                student to identify networking congestions and
   that feature appealing characters, convincing movement,        requisite: IN 233 Computer Equipment Servicing II. 3           performance problems.
   and great sound. This course is designed for those             hours credit. This course will enable the student to
                                                                  demonstrate the ability to perform computer equipment              IN 248. Internetworking Protocols. 3 hours credit.
   anticipating a career in Web development or production.                                                                       Prerequisite: IN 247 Routing and Switching. This course will
                                                                  hardware troubleshooting and repair at an introductory
       IN 219. Advanced Digital Design. 3 hours credit.           level. This course is designed for those anticipating a        enable the student to differentiate between WAN services.
   Prerequisite: IN 123 with a C or better. This course will      career in computer or network support or those seeking             IN 249. Linux as a Server. 3 hours credit.
   enable the student to develop a body of professional           professional certification.                                    Prerequisite: IN 240 with a C or better. This course will
   quality design work in both print and electronic media                                                                        enable the student to install, support and maintain a
   using a variety of techniques, software, and hardware.              IN 233. Computer Equipment Servicing II. 3 hours
                                                                  credit. Co-requisite: IN 232 Computer Equipment Servicing      Linux computer as a server or workstation computer.
   This course focuses on the production of effective
   corporate branding using digital media.                        I. This course will enable the student to demonstrate the           IN 250. Network Directory Services II. 3 hours credit.
                                                                  ability to perform computer equipment hardware                 Prerequisite or concurrent: IN 150. This course will enable
        IN 223. Introduction to Database Management               troubleshooting and repair. This course is designed for        the student to design the forest and domain infrastructure
   Systems. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 131, IN 133. This    those anticipating a career in computer or network             for an Active Directory installation. The student will create
   course will enable the student to install, upgrade, and        support or those seeking professional certification.           a naming strategy, integrate name resolution with DHCP
   administer Microsoft SQL Server. The student will learn            IN 237. Networking Management. 3 hours credit.             and place domain controllers. The student will plan for
   about environments in which SQL Server is installed, and       Prerequisite: IN 130. This course will enable the student to   FSMO role placement, identify redundancy and bandwidth
   will create databases and transfer data into databases.        implement, manage, and maintain a Microsoft Windows            requirements and plan for remote access. The student will
   The student will also back up and restore system and user      Server network infrastructure. The student will learn about    also design infrastructure resources and configure security
   databases, manage the security of SQL Server and its           network services and their role in a business                  for the Active Directory installation.
   databases, create configuration and setup tasks,               environment. The student will install and administer
   automate routine administrative tasks, and monitor SQL                                                                             IN 251. Data and Voice Cabling. 3 hours credit.
                                                                  DHCP, DNS, WINS, and Routing and Remote Access. The            Prerequisite: IN 106 and IN 133, both with a C or better.
   Server for performance and activity.                           student will secure traffic using IPSec, manage the            This course will enable the student to analyze the
                                                                  Encrypting File System, and apply security templates. The      requirements and design of data and voice cabling
       IN 224. Client Server Application Development. 3           student will also monitor network traffic, configure
   hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 223. This course will enable                                                                   installation. Through an introduction to the physical
                                                                  internet connectivity, and update software using               aspects of voice and data network cabling, the student
   the student to plan and implement a database, create           appropriate tools.
   and maintain database objects, and implement data                                                                             will develop skills in all phases of cable installation:
   integrity. The student will be introduced to Transact-SQL          IN 240. Linux on the Desktop. 3 hours credit.              presales and sales, rough-in, trim-out, finish, and customer
   and will use Transact-SQL to query a SQL Server database       Prerequisite: IN 133 with a C or better. This course will      support. The student will focus on utilizing copper media
   to manage and manipulate data stored in that database.         enable the student to install, use, and support Linux as a     and fiber optics, installing cable safely and efficiently, and
   The student will also manage SQL Server security and           desktop operating system.                                      identifying emerging technologies that affect the design
   maintain and optimize a SQL Server database.                                                                                  and implementation of cabled networks.
                                                                      IN 245. Internetworking Fundamentals. 3 hours
                                                                  credit. Recommended prerequisite: IN 133 Computer
                                                                  Equipment Servicing II. Co-requisite: IN 246 Router
                                                                  Technologies. This course will enable the student to
                                                                  identify the basic elements of networking.

138 Course Descriptions
    IN 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                     IN 266. Desktop Game Development. 3 hours                     IN 299. Information Technology Capstone. 3 credit
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of       credit. Prerequisite: IN 200 with a C or better. This course   hours. Prerequisite: Before enrolling in the Information
specific interest to the student will be developed. These      will enable the student to create database-driven desktop      Technology Capstone, the student should have
topics will be established by student needs or                 games. This course provides the skills to develop a            successfully completed at least 18 credit hours in
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued          complex software application using project development,        Information Technology courses. This course will enable
and instructional material that lends itself to current        software design, and computer language skills.                 the student to apply skills learned in Information
trends or topics that are needed to supplement normal                                                                         Technology (IN) courses to conduct computer research,
classroom instruction will be offered.                              IN 267. Internet Game Development. 3 hours credit.        complete real-world projects and/or develop professional
                                                               Prerequisite: IN 182 with a C or better. This course will      contacts. This course emphasizes independent work on
    IN 255. Networking Security Fundamentals. 3 hours          enable the student to create database-driven, multi-user       an individually determined project. Tracks include: Applied
credit. Prerequisite: IN 245 Internetworking Fundamentals      games to play over the internet. This course provides the      Research, Project Development (either paid or pro bono),
or completed the required courses for Microsoft                skills to develop a complex software application using         and Professional Development. The student is expected to
Administrator (MCSA) or Certified CCNA or Certified            project development, software design, and computer             prepare complete reports on the project and demonstrate
MCSA. This course will enable the student to analyze risks     language skills.                                               constructive reflection on his/her own process and
to a network security system and implement a workable                                                                         progress. At its conclusion, the student will present his/her
security system and implement a workable security policy            IN 275. Information Technology Ethics. 3 hours            capstone project to the public for review and comment.
that protects information assets from potential intrusion,     credit. Prerequisites: 12 credit hours of Information
damage, or theft.                                              Technology coursework. This course will enable the                 IN 2001. Principles of Information Assurance. 3
                                                               student to appraise ethical issues that information            hours credit. Prerequisite or Concurrent: IN 247 or IN 130
    IN 261. Programming for Wireless and Handheld              technology professionals face in a corporate setting. The      with a C or better and instructor approval. This course will
Devices. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 105 with a C or      student will examine the classical normative ethical           enable the student to understand and implement basic
better. This course will enable the student to apply a         theories based on notions of duties, rights, consequence       security in a diverse information technology environment.
variety of applications that can be run on Personal Digital    and virtue as well as the contemporary codes of conduct        The student will learn how to implement physical security,
Assistants or cell phones. The course starts at an             established by professional IT organizations. The student      harden various operating systems, and implement access
introductory level and progresses to advanced                  will explore, analyze, and critique ethical case studies in    control lists. The student will explore various attack
programming concepts including programming for the             order to develop skills in ethical thought and written         techniques, be introduced to current threats and
wireless Internet and mobile businesses.                       communication. This course is intended for the student         vulnerabilities in the cyber landscape, explore
                                                               who anticipates a career within the computer industry or       countermeasures, and review pertinent legislation relating
    IN 264. Visual Basic.NET. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:    who is interested in ethics and technology.                    to information security.
IN 105 with a C or better. This course will enable the                                                                            IN 2002. Network Security. 3 hours credit.
student to use Visual Basic.NET to construct Windows               IN 290. Information Technology Business Solutions.         Prerequisite: IN 2001 with a C or better and acceptance
based applications. VB.NET is a Windows Forms Designer         3 hours credit. Prerequisites: Completion of 12 hours of IN    through the program application process. This course will
which enables developers to create desktop applications        courses and 6 hours of BA courses. This course will enable     enable the student to understand and implement
quickly and efficiently. New features include Web-based        the student to apply his/her information technology            network security in a diverse information technology
applications that render on any browser and on any             knowledge in a simulated business environment that will        environment. The student will learn about network
platform. The course starts at an introductory level and       develop project management and teamwork skills.                communications from a security standpoint, hardware and
progresses to advanced programming concepts.                   Working with others and individually, the student will         software security solutions, and perform exercises in
                                                               complete tasks associated with running the simulated           securing networks and operating systems.
     IN 265. Handheld Game Development. 3 hours                business. These tasks will involve planning, designing,
credit. Prerequisite: IN 214 with a C or better. This course   scheduling, and costing projects as well as managing the           IN 2003. Enterprise Security Management. 3 hours
will enable the student to create a complete handheld          finances of a simulated business. The project team will        credit. Prerequisite or concurrent: IN 2002 with a C or better.




                                                                                                                                                                                                Technology
game for a mobile phone or PDA. This course provides           prepare and present business proposals and solutions           This course will enable the student to understand and




                                                                                                                                                                                                 Computer
the skills to develop a complex software application using     during the course.                                             implement principles of risk management. The student will
project development, software design, and computer                                                                            learn about security architectures, incident handling,
language skills.                                                                                                              disaster recovery, and secure systems administration.


                                                                                                                                                            Course Descriptions 139
       IN 2004. Secure Electronic Commerce. 3 hours                    IN 2016. Introduction to Programming Using C. 3               IN 2023. Web Programming I. 2 hours credit. This
   credit. Prerequisite or concurrent: IN 2003 with a C or        hours credit. This course will enable the student to use       course will enable the student to use Hypertext Markup
   better. This course will enable the student to understand      procedural programming techniques to develop                   Language (HTML) and JavaScript to develop e-Business
   electronic commerce in the world. The student will learn       applications. Using the C programming language as the          Web pages. The student is introduced to Web
   about threats, vulnerabilities, and policies when dealing      student's application development language, the student        technologies to include HTML, CSS, DHTML, Active-X
   with electronic commerce systems.                              will learn to write e-Business applications.                   Objects and JavaScript.
       IN 2005. Digital Forensics. 3 hours credit.                    IN 2017. Data Structures and Algorithms. 2 hours               IN 2024. Web Programming II. 2 hours credit. This
   Prerequisite or concurrent: IN 2004 with a C or better. This   credit. This course will enable the student to develop an      course will enable the student to use HTML, ASP, CGI,
   course will enable the student to understand and               algorithm which may be translated into a computer              PERL and VBScript to develop e-Business Web pages. The
   implement principles and procedures of data forensics.         program. The student will learn how to incorporate different   student will also be introduced to ActiveX controls,
   The student will learn about proper equipment seizure          data types and data structures into a computer program.        objects and creating cookies.
   methodology, confiscated materials analysis, and follow
   up processes relating to the incident.                             IN 2018. RDMS Concepts and SQL. 2 hours credit.                IN 2025. IBM Project Based Learning I. 2 hours
                                                                  This course will enable the student to design and develop      credit. This course will enable the student to translate
       IN 2011. Introduction to PCs and Office Tools. 1 hour      a relational database and query the database using the         software development theory and practice into a project.
   credit. This course will enable the student to identify the    Structured Query Language (SQL). This course provides a        The project requires the application of object-oriented
   basic components of computer hardware and software and         comprehensive overview of database design,                     analysis and design concepts, database design concepts,
   perform the basic operations using Microsoft Office tools.     management, security and the use of SQL.                       and programming using object-oriented languages and
                                                                                                                                 web technologies. Students will work together to create
       IN 2012. Computer Architecture & OSs. 2 hours                  IN 2019. Object-Oriented Programming w/C++. 3              an e-Business application.
   credit. This course will enable the student to design a        hours credit. This course will enable the student to use
   computer system. The student will learn to identify            object-oriented techniques to develop applications and             IN 2026. Enterprise Application Development
   various operating systems and describe the major               write computer programs using the C++ language                 Using XML. 3 hours credit. This course will enable the
   responsibilities of an operating system.                       beginning with an overview of object-oriented concepts         student to use XML to develop applications and
                                                                  that forms a strong foundation for Object-Oriented             exchange data. The student will create DTDs and
       IN 2013. Linux Basics. 2 hours credit. This course will    Application Development (OOAD).                                schemas and will be introduced to DTDs, namespaces,
   enable the student to use basic commands of the Linux                                                                         schemas, Document Object Models, XSLT, databases,
   operating system, manage directories and files, and               IN 2020. Core Java. 3 hours credit. This course will        web services and SOAP.
   understand the structural organization of the file systems.    enable the student to create Java applications from
   This course addresses the essential Linux skills and           design to coding, utilizing Object-Oriented Programming            IN 2027. e-Commerce, e-Business and Security. 3
   discusses Linux components, system structure, and shell        (OOP) concepts including design, inheritance, and              hours credit. This course will enable the student to
   programming in detail.                                         composition.                                                   incorporate the fundamentals of e-Commerce, e-Business
                                                                                                                                 and security concepts into e-Business applications. The
       IN 2014. Internet and e-Business Basics. 1 hour                IN 2021. DB2 UDB Programming. 2 hours credit. This         student will enable the student will develop the foundation
   credit. This course will enable the student to design an e-    course will enable the student to develop an e-Business        to understand the underlying technologies, building blocks
   business using key internet technologies, such as web          application using the programming features of IBM's DB2        and products needed to create e-business solutions.
   browsers, e-mail, newsgroups, File Transfer Protocols          Relational Database Management System (RDMS),
   (FTP), Telnet, and search engines. The student will learn      providing a comprehensive review of DB2 programming                 IN 2028. Enterprise Java I. 3 hours credit. This course
   the basics of electronic commerce and security issues.         using Java, embedded SQL and stored procedures.                will enable the student to develop and test server-side
                                                                  Discussion of advanced RDMS concepts is also included.         applications that use servlets and Java Server Pages (JSPs).
       IN 2015. Programming Fundamentals and                                                                                     The student will build Java 2 Enterprise Edition (J2EE)
   Networking. 2 hours credit. This course will enable the            IN 2022. Software Engineering and UML. 2 hours             applications using IBM's WebSphere Studio Application
   student to identify the basic components of a computer         credit. This course will enable the student to analyze,        Developer (WSAD), and gain familiarity with the features
   program and write basic computer programs. This course         develop and test software using various software               available in WSAD. The student will also be introduced to
   discusses the components of a computer network and             modeling techniques. The student will use the Unified          Enterprise JavaBeans (EJBs) and IBM's WebSphere
   teaches the design of different types of data                  Modeling Language (UML) as part of the design process.         Application Server (WAS).
   communication networks.

140 Course Descriptions
     IN 2029. Enterprise Java II. 3 hours credit. This              IS 051. Spelling Improvement I. 1 hour credit. This              IS 201. Health Professions Medical Terminology. 3
course will enable the student to develop Enterprise            course will enable the student to begin correctly spelling       hours credit. This course will enable the student involved
JavaBean (EJB) applications using IBM's WebSphere Studio        everyday words in the English language. In addition,             with the health care professions to construct, deconstruct,
Application Developer (WSAD) and deploy them on an              some of the more complicated, lesser used words will be          define, spell and pronounce medical terms from prefixes,
IBM WebSphere Application Server (WAS). The student             introduced. The student will learn some of the rules that        suffixes, word roots and combining forms. This course is
will also be enabled to administer and trouble-shoot Java       apply to the English language and how to recognize               designed to provide the basics needed for building a
2 Enterprise Edition (J2EE) applications.                       when these rules apply. This course will enable the              medical vocabulary within the context of the structure
                                                                student to correctly spell words in the English language in      and function of the body systems.
    IN 2030. IBM Project Based Learning II. 2 hours             written documents both in college courses and in
                                                                                                                                     IS 059 and 254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
credit. This course will enable the student to work as a        personal writings.
                                                                                                                                 Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
team member to develop a solution to a real-world e-
                                                                                                                                 specific interest to the student will be developed. These
Business problem. The student will define the problem               IS 052. Vocabulary Development I. 1 hour credit.
                                                                                                                                 topics will be established by student needs or
and come up with a web-based solution utilizing                 This course will enable the student to use approximately
                                                                                                                                 requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
software skills to include DB2 UDB programming and              300 selected words and to make educated assumptions
                                                                                                                                 and instructional material that lends itself to current
Stored Procedures, Web Programming, Enterprise                  about word meanings based on context clues, when no
                                                                                                                                 trends or topics that are needed to supplement normal
Application Development, Java and XML.                          other resources are available.
                                                                                                                                 classroom instruction will be offered.

(IS) INDEPENDENT STUDY                                              IS 115. Writing Skills II. 1 hour credit. This course will
                                                                enable the student to use pre-writing strategies to plan
                                                                                                                                 (IT) INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING
    Independent study courses are offered either by
appointment or online, meaning that students choose
                                                                and develop unified paragraphs, maintain consistent              TECHNOLOGY
                                                                point of view throughout a paragraph, read an essay and              IT 100. Machine Processes I. 3 hours credit.
their own consistent weekly class times. Students must
                                                                answer an essay question using a well-organized, unified         Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading
contact the instructor as soon as they enroll to make an
                                                                paragraph, use variety in sentence length and structure,         portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on
appointment for an orientation session. During this
                                                                use concrete, specific details to support general                the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET
orientation time, the instructor will go over the syllabus,
                                                                statements, and use correct grammar, punctuation, and            exam. This is an introductory course to machine shop
decide with the student the best time for him/her to
                                                                sentence structure.                                              operations. This course will enable the student to
work on the class, and explain the policies and
procedures of independent study.                                    IS 118. English Grammar Review II. 1 hour credit.            understand and apply basic machine processes. Basic
                                                                Prerequisite: Asset score of 23 or above. This course will       machine shop calculations, measurements, blueprint
    IS 049. English Grammar Review I. 1 hour credit.            enable the student to identify parts of speech, phrases,         reading, material science, and bench work are introduced
This course will enable the student to construct complete       clauses, verbals and sentence structure.                         in the course.
sentences. The student will identify basic sentence                                                                                  IT 102. Machine Processes II. 3 hours credit.
                                                                    IS 125. Spelling Improvement II. 1 hour credit. This
structures and correct existing sentences. Applying                                                                              Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading
                                                                course will enable the student to correctly spell everyday
grammar concepts learned, the student will write                                                                                 portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on
                                                                words in the English language, as well as many of the
complete sentences.                                                                                                              the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET
                                                                more complicated, lesser used words. The student will
                                                                learn the rules that apply to the English language and           exam. This course will enable the student to complete
    IS 050. Writing Skills I. 1 hour credit. This course will                                                                    machine shop operations. The student will build upon
                                                                how to recognize when these rules apply. This course will
enable the student to pre-write ideas prior to completing                                                                        basic machine shop skills, including calculations,
                                                                enable the student to correctly spell words in the English
a writing task; narrow broad topics to topics that are                                                                           measurements, blueprint reading, material science, and
                                                                language in written documents both in college courses
suitable for various types of writing; use concrete, specific                                                                    bench work.
                                                                and in personal writings.
details to support general statements; use correct
grammar, punctuation, and sentence structure; and write             IS 135. Vocabulary Development II. 1 hour credit.                IT 116. Mechanical Devices and Systems. 3 hours




                                                                                                                                                                                                Technology
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Computer
clear, well-organized, well-supported paragraphs.               This course will enable the student to use, with comfort,        credit. Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading
                                                                approximately 300 selected words and to make educated            portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on
                                                                assumptions about word meanings based on context                 the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET exam.
                                                                clues, when no other resources are available.                    This course will enable the student to understand basic
                                                                                                                                 systems and mechanical devices and the usage of each.

                                                                                                                                                              Course Descriptions 141
       IT 117. Fluid Power. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:A           IT 196. Statistical Process Control. 3 hours credit.             IT 218. Basic Catia. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IT 120
   score of 37 or above on the reading portion of the ASSET      Prerequisite:A score of 37 or above on the reading               with a C or better, or departmental consent. A score of 37
   exam, and a score of 35 or above on the numerical skills      portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on         or above on the reading portion of the ASSET exam, and
   and writing portions of the ASSET exam. This course will      the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET           a score of 35 or above on the numerical skills and writing
   enable the student to apply basic principles of fluid         exam. An introductory course that examines the present           portions of the ASSET exam. This course will enable the
   power in an industrial setting.                               methods of American manufacturing and how the                    student to use Catia as both a design and manufacturing
                                                                 concepts of the Transformation of American Industry              software in the machining of 2-D parts.
       IT 120. Beginning Concepts of CNC. 3 hours credit.        process can be applied to increase productivity. Methods
                                                                                                                                      IT 219. Advanced Catia. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IT
   Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading           of Statistical Process Control will be applied. The methods
                                                                                                                                  218 with a C or better. This course will enable the student to
   portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on      of Statistical Process Control include data gathering,
                                                                                                                                  use Catia as both a design and manufacturing software in
   the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET        charting, analyzing and interpreting graphs, and
                                                                                                                                  the machining of 3-D parts and advanced modeling projects.
   exam. This course will enable the student to understand       identifying problems.
   and apply beginning automated manufacturing concepts.                                                                              IT 220. Advanced Automated Manufacturing with
                                                                     IT 204. Materials and Processes of Industry. 3 hours         CNC. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on
       IT 141. Industrial Supervision. 3 hours credit.           credit. Prerequisite:A score of 37 or above on the reading       the reading portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or
   Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading           portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on         above on the numerical skills and writing portions of the
   portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on      the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET exam.     ASSET exam. This course will enable the student to
   the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET        This course will enable the student to identify and              manufacture projects using automated CNC technology.
   exam. This course will enable the student develop an          understand current manufacturing materials and processes.
   understanding of the underlying principles, traditions,                                                                            IT 221. Advanced Featurecam. 3 hours credit.
   and contemporary issues in industrial supervision.                 IT 205. Industrial Safety. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:    Prerequisite: IT 216, Basic 2-D Featurecam. This course will
                                                                 A score of 37 or above on the reading portion of the             enable the student to use Featurecam as both a design and
       IT 150. Machine Trades Print Reading. 3 hours             ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on the numerical          manufacturing software in the machining of 3-D parts and
   credit. Prerequisite: A score of 37 or above on the reading   skills and writing portions of the ASSET exam. This course       advanced modeling projects.
   portion of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on      will enable the student to identify and understand safety            IT 225. Advanced Mastercam. 3 hours credit.
   the numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET        hazards in a business or industrial setting.                     Prerequisite: IT 217 Basic 2-D Mastercam with a C or better.
   exam. Topics include types of prints, conventional                                                                             This course will enable the student to use Mastercam as both
                                                                     IT 215. Intro to Robotics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: A
   drafting, computer-aided design, print layout, object                                                                          a design and manufacturing software in the machining of 3-
                                                                 score of 37 or above on the reading portion of the ASSET
   representation, shop math, GD&T, threads and fasteners,                                                                        D parts and advanced modeling projects.
                                                                 exam, and a score of 35 or above on the numerical skills
   sectional views, auxiliary views, detail and assembly
                                                                 and writing portions of the ASSET exam. This course will               IT 226. Introduction to Material Science. 3 hours credit.
   prints, machined features, gears and cams, and
                                                                 enable the student to develop an understanding of robotic        Prerequisite: IT 204 with a C or better. This course will enable
   numerical control documents The focus of the course is
                                                                 operations and robot use in a manufacturing setting. The         the student to understand material usage, loads, strain and
   to help students in manufacturing with visualization of
                                                                 student will solve basic manufacturing problems through          stress for use in a manufacturing setting. This course is the
   print components, assemblies and subassemblies, and
                                                                 the use of robots and automatic operations.                      first course in the preparation series for the Society of
   then introduce the various areas on prints and related
   paperwork where additional information can be found.              IT 216. Basic 2-D Featurecam. 3 hours credit.                Manufacturing Engineers (SME) Technologist Certification
   The course is intended to present manufacturing               Prerequisite: IT 120,Beginning Concepts of CNC with a C          Test (CMfgT). Considerable emphasis is place on applied
   production drawings from the viewpoint of the blueprint       or better. This course will enable the student to use            mathematics, physics and material properties.
   reader, rather than the viewpoint of the draftsman.           Featurecam as both a design and manufacturing software               IT 227. Manufacturing Science. 3 hours credit.
                                                                 in the machining of 2-D parts.                                   Prerequisite: IT 204 with a C or better. This course will enable
                                                                     IT 217. Basic 2-D Mastercam. 3 hours credit.                 the student to develop an understanding of product design,
                                                                 Prerequisite: IT 120 Beginning Concepts of CNC with a C          manufacturing processes, quality control, and management.
                                                                 or better. This course will enable the student to use            This course is the second course in the preparation series for
                                                                 Mastercam as both a design and manufacturing software            the Society of Manufacturing Engineers (SME) Technologist
                                                                 in the machining of 2-D parts.                                   Certification Test (CMfgT).


142 Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Leadership
     IT 228. SME Certification Test with review. 3 hours                 IT 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                  LS 160. The Emerging Leader. 3 hours credit. This
credit. Prerequisites: IT 226 and IT 227 with a C or better. This   Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. A score of     course will enable the student to understand concepts
course will enable the student to demonstrate an                    37 or above on the reading portion of the ASSET exam,         and develop skills in leadership with an emphasis on
understanding of material usage, loads, strain and stress for       and a score of 35 or above on the numerical skills and        application in a team setting. The student will practice
use in a manufacturing setting. This course is the final course     writing portions of the ASSET exam. Topics of specific        leadership skills and self-reflection in preparation for
in the preparation series for the Society of Manufacturing          interest to the student will be developed. These topics       leadership positions. The course is experiential and self-
Engineers (SME) Technologist Certification Test (CMfgT).            will be established by student needs or requirements.         explorative; the student will assess past and present
                                                                    Areas of specific needs will be pursued and instructional     leadership experiences and identify possible future
    IT 240. Industrial Maintenance I. 3 hours credit.               material that lends itself to current trends or topics that   leadership practices.
Prerequisite:A score of 37 or above on the reading portion          are needed to supplement normal classroom instruction
                                                                                                                                      LS 220. Team and Community Building. 3 hours
of the ASSET exam, and a score of 35 or above on the                will be offered.
                                                                                                                                  credit. This course will enable the student to understand
numerical skills and writing portions of the ASSET exam.
                                                                       IT 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit      effective collaboration by using various leadership
This course is an overview of a wide variety of skills and
                                                                    each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.         strategies. Communication, decision-making skills,
information necessary for today’s maintenance personnel.
                                                                    See Internships section of this catalog for a complete        conflict resolution, interpersonal relationships and group
                                                                    description of these courses.                                 cooperation are topics that will be covered in this
    IT 260. Introduction to Quality Assurance. 3 hours
                                                                                                                                  experiential classroom setting. The student will engage in
credit. This course will enable the student to apply basic
                                                                         IT 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,       a team service-learning community project applying their
principles of current concepts of quality assurance.
                                                                    II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education    collaborative skills gained from the class.
                                                                    with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
    IT 261. Quality Audit. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:A                                                                              LS 230. Leadership Development. 3 hours credit.
                                                                    section of this catalog for a complete description of
score of 37 or above on the reading portion of the ASSET                                                                          Prerequisite: Students must have 24 or more credit hours
                                                                    these courses.
exam, and a score of 35 or above on the numerical skills                                                                          or division consent. This course includes study of
and writing portions of the ASSET exam. This course is                                                                            leadership styles, skills, roles and functions of leaders
designed as an introduction to quality auditing techniques.         (LS) LEADERSHIP                                               within organization. Students will study the history and
Students will receive an introduction to the fundamentals               LS 101. Youth Leadership. This course will enable the     origins of leadership, theoretical approaches to leadership
of auditing, audit planning, types of quality audits,               student to understand leadership styles, skills, roles, and   and ethical issues facing contemporary leaders. Students
responsibilities of the auditor and person being audited,           functions of leaders within a community. Through              will be required to develop a personal philosophy of
audit analysis, and measuring and improving the                     community profiles, the student will examine the              leadership, address moral and ethical responsibilities of
effectiveness of the quality audit. Additionally, students will     economic, political, and cultural infrastructures of Butler   leadership and determine their own style of leadership.
design audit forms and formulate basic audit procedures.            County communities. The student will develop a personal       This program integrates readings from the humanities,
                                                                    leadership philosophy and determine his/her leadership        classic works of literature, contemporary multicultural
    IT 263. Introduction to Metrology. 3 hours credit.              style. The student will participate in a community service    writing and experiential learning exercises with readings
This course will enable the student to apply basic                  project using her/her leadership skills. This course is an    and discussion of traditional leadership theories.
measurement skills, system calibration skills,                      optional credit for the student accepted into the Youth
measurement system analysis, and build specialized                  Leadership Butler Program.                                    (LT) LITERATURE
inspection equipment.                                                                                                                  LT 201. Introduction to Literature I. 3 hours credit.
                                                                        LS 150. Exploring Leadership. 3 hours credit. This        Prerequisite: English Composition I (EG 101) with a C or
     IT 266. Introduction to Six Sigma. 3 hours credit. This
                                                                    course will enable the student to understand the history      better. This is an introductory course to the study of
course will enable the student to develop an understanding
                                                                    and development of leadership. The student will examine       literary terminology and criticism in poetry, fiction (short
of Six Sigma quality tools. The quality improvement program
                                                                    his or her values, goals, and leadership potential. The       story), and drama.
of Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, and Control (DMAIC)
                                                                    student understand the ethical responsibilities of
is the backbone of the course.                                                                                                        LT 204. Introduction to Poetry. 3 hours credit.
                                                                    leadership and learn how, as leaders and followers, to
                                                                    actively engage in change to create a better community        Prerequisite: English Composition I (EG 101) with a C or
                                                                    or organization.                                              better. A study of poets selected on the basis of their
                                                                                                                                  contributions to trends in both poetic themes and forms.
                                                                                                                                  Emphasis on helping students develop adequate
                                                                                                                                  techniques for reading, understanding and enjoying poetry.
                                                                                                                                                                Course Descriptions 143
       LT 205. Introduction to Short Story. 3 hours credit.             LT 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                       MA 050. Pre-Algebra. 3 hours credit. This course will
   Prerequisite: English Composition I (EG 101) with a C or         Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and instructor.           enable the student to gain confidence with the use of
   better. A study of the short story. Emphasis is on lectures,     Topics of specific interest to the student will be developed.     basic arithmetic, variables, negative numbers, algebraic
   discussions of stories in an anthology and written reports       Student’s needs or requirements will establish these topics.      expressions, and techniques for solving equations. The
   of assigned library readings.                                    Areas of specific needs will be pursued and instructional         student will improve study habits leading to success in
                                                                    material that lends itself to current trends or topics that are   the sequence of algebra courses.
       LT 211. British Literature I: Origins-1784. 3 hours          needed to supplement normal classroom instruction will
                                                                                                                                          MA 060. Fundamentals of Algebra. 3 hours credit.
   credit. Prerequisite: English Composition I (EG 101) with a C    be offered.
                                                                                                                                      Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 050 with a C or
   or better. This course is a survey of the major English
                                                                        LT 260. Children’s Literature. 3 hours credit.                better. Begins with basic algebraic concepts and
   writers from the beginning of English literature through
                                                                    Prerequisite: English Composition I (EG 101) with a C or          simplifying expressions, factoring, operations with
   1784, a study of their works in chronological sequence,
                                                                    better. Readings in various types of children’s literature,       fractions, equation solving, exponents, and radicals.
   and an analysis of the literary historical periods of England.
   This basic course is recommended for all English majors.         including a brief history of the literature, the children’s
                                                                                                                                           MA 114. Technical Mathematics I. 3 hours credit.
                                                                    developmental stage, and the criteria for quality books.
                                                                                                                                      Placement score or MA 060 with a C or better. This course
       LT 212. British Literature II: 1784 to Present. 3 hours      Recommended for early-childhood, elementary and
                                                                                                                                      will enable the student to directly apply mathematics to
   credit. Prerequisite: English Composition I (EG 101) with a C    middle schoolteachers; parents; and as an elective for non-
                                                                                                                                      several fields of study. For 2 credits hours, the students
   or better. This course is a continuation of the survey of the    education majors.
                                                                                                                                      meet as a group to learn the practical applications of
   major English writers from 1784 to the present time, studied         LT 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit         arithmetic, geometry, ratios and proportions, signed
   in chronological sequence with attention given to the            each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See         numbers, powers, roots and functions. For 1 credit hour,
   characteristics of the literary historical periods of England.   Internships section of this catalog for a complete                the students meet in field specific units to develop field-
   This basic course is recommended for all English majors.         description of these courses.                                     specific skills.
       LT 215. American Literature I: Colonial to 1865. 3                LT 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I, II,           MA 119. Introduction to Statistics. 3 hours credit.
   hours credit. Prerequisite: English Composition I (EG 101)       III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with       Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 060 with a C or
   with a C or better. This course includes representative          on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section          better or equivalent. This course will enable the student
   work in prose and poetry from the beginnings of                  of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.      to identify misleading representations of data, summarize
   American Literature to the Civil War. Emphasis on those                                                                            data, and interpret data.
   writers whose works illustrate philosophies which still          (MA) MATHEMATICS                                                       MA 120. Intermediate Algebra with Review. 5 hours
   affect modern American thought. This is a basic course
                                                                         MA 010. Basic Arithmetic. 1 hour credit. This course         credit. Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 060 or its
   recommended for all English majors.
                                                                    will enable the student to understand the operations of           equivalent with a C or better. The student will be able to
        LT 216. American Literature II: 1865 to Present. 3          addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and place         interpret mathematical symbols and notation, simplify
   hours credit. Prerequisite: English Composition I (EG 101)       value of whole numbers.                                           expressions, factor polynomials, solve equations
   with a C or better. This course includes representative work                                                                       (including absolute value, quadratic and systems of linear
                                                                        MA 020. Fractions, Decimals and Percents. 1 hour              equations) perform operations on radical expressions,
   in prose and poetry from the Civil War to the present.
                                                                    credit. Prerequisite: Predetermined Asset score or MA 010         write equations of lines and evaluate functions after a
   Emphasis upon those writers whose works still affect and
                                                                    with a C or better. This course will enable the student to        review of some topics from basic algebra. The student
   illustrate modern American thought will be emphasized.
                                                                    improve skills in operations of addition, subtraction,            will begin to conceptualize abstract ideas.
       LT 218. Shakespeare. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:           multiplication and division with fractions, decimals, and
   English Composition I (EG 101) with a C or better. An            percents. It also presents concepts of place value for                 MA 125. Intermediate Algebra. 3 hours credit.
   examination of several of the significant tragedies,             decimal numbers and problem solving.                              Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 060 or its equivalent
   histories, and comedies with adequate background                                                                                   with a C or better. The successful student will be able to
                                                                        MA 040. Basic Algebra Concepts. 1 hour credit.                interpret mathematical symbols and notation, simplify
   studies in Elizabethan culture.
                                                                    Prerequisite: Predetermined Asset score or MA 020 with a C        expressions, factor polynomials, solve equations (including
                                                                    or better. This course will enable the student to use basic       absolute value, quadratic and systems of linear equations)
                                                                    algebra concepts including signed numbers, equation               perform operations on radical expressions, write equations
                                                                    solving, word problems, exponents, roots, and polynomials.        of lines, and evaluate functions. The successful student will
                                                                                                                                      begin to conceptualize abstract ideas.
144 Course Descriptions
    MA 126. Graphing Calculator for College                       MA 148. Calculus with Applications. 3 hours credit.             MA 220. Statistics for Management, Life and Social
Algebra/Calculus. 1 hour credit. Pre-requisite: MA 120 or     Prerequisite: MA 131 or MA 135 or the equivalent with a C       Sciences. 5 hours credit. Prerequisite: MA 131 or MA 135
MA 125; Corresponding ACT or ASSET placement scores           or better. The successful student will be able to               or equivalent with a C or better or instructor approval. An
for College Algebra. This course is designed to help          differentiate and integrate algebraic, logarithmic and          introduction to the principles of statistics; data analysis,
students learn the functions and techniques of the            exponential functions and apply those concepts to real-         data production and statistical inference. Topics include
graphing calculator. Students learn how to apply the          world business, life sciences, and social-science               statistical graphs, measures of location and dispersion,




                                                                                                                                                                                              Math
graphing calculator to solve mathematical problems. The       applications, including marginal analysis.                      correlation and regression, sampling and design of
course will primarily focus on the TI-graphing calculator.                                                                    experiments, sampling distributions, confidence intervals,
                                                                  MA 151. Calculus I with Analytic Geometry. 5 hours          hypothesis testing, and analysis of variance. Course will
    MA 131. College Algebra with Review. 5 hours
                                                              credit. Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 131 or 135          include use of computer software.
credit. Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 120 or MA 125
                                                              with a C or better, and MA140 or MA145 with a C or
with a C or better. This course will enable the student to                                                                        MA 253. Calculus III with Analytic Geometry. 3 hours
                                                              better. This course will enable the student to solve
interpret mathematical symbols and notation, simplify                                                                         credit. Prerequisite: MA 152 Calculus II with Analytic
                                                              problems involving limits, derivatives and some types of
expressions, factor polynomials, solve equations                                                                              Geometry with a C or better. This course will enable the
                                                              definite and indefinite integrals both analytically and
(including absolute value, quadratic and systems of linear                                                                    student to understand the physical applications of calculus
                                                              graphically, and use them in physical applications.
equations), perform operations on radical expressions,                                                                        and to become familiar with partial differentiation, multiple
write equations of lines, and evaluate functions. The                                                                         integration, vectors, and three-dimensional geometry.
                                                                   MA 152. Calculus II with Analytic Geometry. 5 hours
student will begin to conceptualize abstract ideas. The
                                                              credit. Prerequisite: MA 151 with a C or better. This course
course incorporates some review topics and moves at a                                                                             MA 260. Differential Equations. 3 hours credit.
                                                              will enable the student to understand applications and
slower pace than MA 135.                                                                                                      Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 253 Calculus III or its
                                                              methods of integration, improper integrals, convergence
                                                                                                                              equivalent with a C or better. The successful student will
    MA 135. College Algebra. 3 hours credit.                  and divergence of infinite series, graphs of conic
                                                                                                                              be able to solve differential equations of the first and
Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 120 or MA 125 with C      sections, the polar coordinate system, parametric
                                                                                                                              higher order, linear and some types of non-linear
or better. The successful student will be able to interpret   equations, and linear algebra.
                                                                                                                              equations with constant coefficients, and use analytic
mathematical symbols and notation, simplify expressions,
                                                                                                                              and numerical methods. The successful student will be
factor polynomials, solve equations (including absolute           MA 205. Decision Math. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                                                                              able to begin to use differential equations to solve
value, quadratic and systems of linear equations),            MA 135 with a C or better or equivalent. This course will
                                                                                                                              applications in engineering and physical science.
perform operations on radical expressions, write              enable the student to recognize, interpret, and
equations of lines, and evaluate functions. The successful    generalize patterns; identify misleading representations
                                                                                                                                  MA 255/256. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
student will begin to conceptualize abstract ideas.           of data, and summarize and interpret data.
                                                                                                                              Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
     MA 140. Trigonometry. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:                                                                      specific interest to the student will be developed. These
                                                                  MA 210. Applied Statistics. 3 hours credit.
Placement score or MA 131 or MA 135 or its equivalent                                                                         topics will be established by student needs or
                                                              Prerequisite: MA 135 with a C or better or equivalent. This
with a C or better. The successful student will be able to                                                                    requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
                                                              course will enable the student to collect data by
identify and manipulate trigonometric functions, solve                                                                        and instructional material that lends itself to current
                                                              appropriate sampling techniques, summarize data with
triangles, use and prove trigonometric identities, solve                                                                      trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom
                                                              graphs and tables, calculate descriptive statistics, identify
trigonometric equations, use and apply vectors to real-life                                                                   instruction will be offered.
                                                              misuses of statistics, assess risk using concepts of
models, and use complex numbers and polar coordinates.        probability , estimate and make decisions about means
                                                                                                                                 MA 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
    MA 145. Pre-Calculus Mathematics. 5 hours credit.         and proportions through the use of confidence intervals
                                                                                                                              each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 125 with a B. The         and hypothesis testing, and perform linear regression.
                                                                                                                              See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
course will enable the student to develop and apply                                                                           description of these courses.
models using linear, polynomial, rational, logarithmic,
exponential, and trigonometric functions. The successful                                                                           MA 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education
student will be able to identify and manipulate functions,                                                                    I, II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate
solve equations, prove trigonometric identities, solve                                                                        education with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
triangles, and use polar coordinates. This course is                                                                          Education section of this catalog for a complete
designed for students planning to enroll in MA 151.                                                                           description of these courses.

                                                                                                                                                           Course Descriptions 145
   (MC) MASS COMMUNICATIONS                                             MC 146. Newspaper Practicum II. 1 hours credit.                  MC 164. Applied Radio II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                   Prerequisite: MC 145 with a C or better and acceptance as         Consent of instructor and MC 163 with a C or better. This
       MC 100. Photography I. 3 hours credit. Survey of
                                                                   full-time Lantern staff member. This course is for students       course is designed for students actively participating in
   photography as an art and science. Experience in taking,
                                                                   who are part of The Lantern newspaper staff. Staffers are         radio production, programming and announcing. The
   developing and printing pictures. A basic course
                                                                   required to meet the stipulations of their scholarship for        student must be involved in radio which result in the
   recommended for all journalism majors, but open to non-
                                                                   successfully completing the course.                               operation of the Butler student-run radio station.
   majors. Darkroom laboratory work included and a 35mm
   camera is required.
                                                                       MC 147. Magazine Practicum I. 1 hour credit.                      MC 165. Applied Television I. 1 hour credit. This
                                                                   Prerequisite: Acceptance as full-time Grizzly Magazine staff      course is designed for students actively participating in
      MC 101. Photography II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                   member. Staff photographers should be familiar with               television production. The student must be involved in
   MC 100 with a C or better. A continuation of MC 100 with
                                                                   darkroom procedures. Staff members are required to meet           television production which results in the completion of a
   special emphasis upon color photography.
                                                                   the stipulations of their scholarship to successfully complete    Butler student-run television program.
                                                                   the course. The course involves the use of photography,
       MC 126. Sports Media Practicum I. 3 hours credit.
                                                                   layout, writing, and the principles of magazine production            MC 166. Applied Television II. 1 hour credit. This
   Prerequisite: Acceptance as a full-time Sports Media staff
                                                                   to put together The Grizzly Magazine, the college’s color         course is designed for students actively participating in
   member. This course will enable the student to train in
                                                                   quarterly magazine. Particular emphasis is given to students      television production. The student must be involved in
   and actually practice sports reporting via the radio,
                                                                   meeting deadlines.                                                television production which results in the completion of a
   television, newspaper and magazine media. Topics
                                                                                                                                     Butler student-run television program.
   include play-by-play fundamentals, newscasting practices,
                                                                       MC 148. Magazine Practicum II. 1 hour credit.
   sports game story, feature and in-depth writing and
                                                                   Prerequisite: MC 147 with a C or better and acceptance as full-       MC 170. Radio Production I. 3 hours credit. This
   sports photography skills. Upon completing this course,
                                                                   time Grizzly Magazine staff member. Staff photographers           course teaches the principles and theory of programming,
   the student will be ready to step into play-by-play roles for
                                                                   should be familiar with darkroom procedures. Staff members        the organizational structure of the radio and television
   radio, reporting positions for television stations and
                                                                   are required to meet the stipulations of their scholarship to     station, governmental procedures, regulations of the
   reporting and photography positions on newspapers and
                                                                   successfully complete the course. The course involves the         electronic media, the role of advertising, engineering and
   magazines at four-year colleges or in the workforce.
                                                                   use of photography, layout, writing, and the principles of        licensing of stations, and network systems of the industry.
                                                                   magazine production to put together The Grizzly Magazine,         Students will be involved in programming, preparing and
        MC 127. Sports Media Practicum II. 3 hours credit.
                                                                   the college’s color quarterly magazine. Particular emphasis is    directing various audio productions.
   Prerequisite: MC126 with a C or better. This course will
                                                                   given to students meeting deadlines.
   enable the student to train in and actually practice sports
                                                                                                                                         MC 171. Radio Production II. 3 hours credit.
   reporting via the radio, television, newspaper, and
                                                                       MC 161. Introduction to Mass Communications. 3                Prerequisite: MC 170 with a C or better. This course will
   magazine media. Topics include play-by-play
                                                                   hours credit. This course offers history, roles and               enable the student to extend his/her learning,
   fundamentals, newscasting practices, sports game story,
                                                                   responsibilities of newspapers, magazines, radio,                 experience, and expertise in the area of aural
   feature, and in-depth writing and sports photography
                                                                   television, books, and movies—the mass media.                     communication. The emphasis is entirely on planning,
   skills. Upon completing this course, the student will be
                                                                                                                                     writing, and execution of audio production, by both
   ready to step into play-by-play roles for radio, reporting          MC 162. Reporting I. 3 hours credit. Writing for the          groups and individuals. The student will be exposed to
   positions for television stations, and reporting and            media. This course examines how to write for                      every aspect of audio production.
   photography positions on newspapers and magazines at            newspapers, magazines, television, and radio. Freelance
   four-year colleges or in the workforce.                         work is also discussed. Legal and ethical considerations
                                                                   are included.
       MC 145. Newspaper Practicum I. 1 hour credit.
   Prerequisite: Acceptance as full-time Lantern staff                 MC 163. Applied Radio I. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
   member. This course is for students who are part of The         Consent of instructor. This course is designed for
   Lantern newspaper staff. Staffers are required to meet          students actively participating in radio production,
   the stipulations of their scholarship for successfully          programming, and announcing. The student must be
   completing the course.                                          involved in radio which result in the operation of the
                                                                   Butler student-run radio station.


146 Course Descriptions
    MC 175. Television Production I. 3 hours credit.              MC 210. Broadcast Reporting. 3 hours credit.                   MC 245. Newspaper Practicum III. 1 hour credit.
Prerequisite MC 161 with a C or better, or may be taken       Prerequisite: MC 162 with a C or better. This course offers   Prerequisite: MC 146 with a C or better and acceptance as
simultaneously. This course will enable the student to        instruction and practice in interviewing skills, writing      full-time Lantern staff member. This course is for students
better understand the content of television programming,      broadcast copy, in-depth reporting, and putting together      who are part of The Lantern newspaper staff. Staffers are
from conception to realization, via the tools and             a daily newscast for the college’s radio station.             required to meet the stipulations of their scholarship for
technology of the medium. The student will learn to                                                                         successfully completing the course.
properly utilize the various pieces of equipment, in studio        MC 226. Sports Media Practicum III. 3 hours credit.
and out, and to apply that knowledge to visually              Prerequisite: MC 127 with a C or better. This course will          MC 246. Newspaper Practicum IV. 1 hour credit.
communicate. The added impact of music and sound              enable the student to train in and actually practice sports   Prerequisite: MC 245 with a C or better and acceptance as
effects is also studied. There is an emphasis in planning,    reporting via the radio, television, newspaper, and           full-time Lantern staff member. This course is for students
writing, and organizing. Social and ethical issues will be    magazine media. Topics include play-by-play                   who are part of The Lantern newspaper staff. Staffers are




                                                                                                                                                                                          Communication
analyzed. The student will be involved in all aspects of      fundamentals, newscasting practices, sports game story,       required to meet the stipulations of their scholarship for
preparing video productions for television.                   feature and in-depth writing, and sports photography          successfully completing the course.




                                                                                                                                                                                              Mass
                                                              skills. Upon completing this course, the student will be
     MC 176. Television Production II. 3 hours credit.
                                                              ready to step into play-by-play roles for radio, reporting         MC 247. Magazine Practicum III. 1 hour credit.
Prerequisite: MC 175 with a C or better. This course will
                                                              positions for television stations, and reporting and          Prerequisite: MC 148 with a C or better and acceptance as
enable the student to continue the development of
                                                              photography positions on newspapers and magazines at          full-time Grizzly Magazine staff member. Staff
learning and understanding in regard to the production
                                                              four-year colleges or in the workforce.                       photographers should be familiar with darkroom
of television programming. Intensive utilization of video
                                                                                                                            procedures. Staff members are required to meet the
technology will extend the experience and expertise of
                                                                   MC 227. Sports Media Practicum IV. 3 hours credit.       stipulations of their scholarship to successfully complete
the student in visual communication. The emphasis is
                                                              Prerequisite: MC 226 with a C or better. This course will     the course. The course involves the use of photography,
entirely on planning, writing, and execution of video
                                                              enable the student to train in and actually practice sports   layout, writing, and the principles of magazine production
production by both group and individuals. The student
                                                              reporting via the radio, television, newspaper and            to put together The Grizzly Magazine, the college’s color
will be exposed to every aspect of video production.
                                                              magazine media. Topics include play-by-play                   quarterly magazine. Particular emphasis is given to
     MC 185. Principles of Newspaper and Magazine             fundamentals, newscasting practices, sports game story,       students meeting deadlines.
Production. 3 hours credit. This class introduces students    feature and in-depth writing and sports photography
to various aspects of newspaper and magazine                  skills. Upon completing this course, the student will be           MC 248. Magazine Practicum IV. 1 hours credit.
production. Students learn terminology, manipulate            ready to step into play-by-play roles for radio, reporting    Prerequisite: MC 247 with a C or better and acceptance as
design elements, and understand different types of            positions for television stations, and reporting and          full-time Grizzly Magazine staff member. Staff
writing and visual elements of print communication. They      photography positions on newspapers and magazines at          photographers should be familiar with darkroom
will also go behind the scenes to see how publications        four-year colleges or in the workforce.                       procedures. Staff members are required to meet the
get from planning to print.                                                                                                 stipulations of their scholarship to successfully complete
                                                                   MC 230. Journalism Field Study. 6 hours credit.          the course. The course involves the use of photography,
    MC 205. Writing for Radio/TV/Film. 3 hours credit.        Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Enrollment by              layout, writing, and the principles of magazine production
Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better. This course          appointment. This course will enable the student to gain      to put together The Grizzly Magazine, the college’s color
covers the basic skills of broadcast writing for radio,       practical experience in journalism outside the academic       quarterly magazine. Particular emphasis is given to
television, and film. Writing scripts for drama, comedy,      setting. The student must work in one or more of the          students meeting deadlines.
commercials, news and special-interest programming is         following areas with a qualified employer or supervisor:
part of the course.                                           newspaper, magazine, photojournalism, radio, television,          MC 261. Reporting II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: MC
    MC 206. Introduction to Film Theory. 3 hours credit.      film/cinema, advertising and/or public relations. Student     162 with a C or better. Continued development of
This course challenges students to sharpen their powers       and instructor schedule a series of appointments during       students’ writing skills. Special emphasis is placed on
of observation, helps them develop the skills and habits      the semester. At least two conferences will be held by the    guests from the media and writing for actual publication.
of perceptive watching, and encourages them to discover       instructor and employer to evaluate the student’s work.
aspects of film art that they might otherwise overlook.
Direct analysis of selected films, both American and
International is included.

                                                                                                                                                        Course Descriptions 147
       MC 263. Applied Radio III. 1 hour credit.                     MC 285. Principles of Photojournalism. 3 hours credit.             MT 145. Reflexology. 3 hours credit. In this course
   Prerequisite: MC 162 with a C or better and consent of        This course is intended for students interested in newspaper       students examine the ancient massage practice which
   instructor. A continuation of Applied Radio II, this course   and periodical photography. Students will study examples           correlates specific points on the hands, feet and ears to
   is designed for students actively participating in radio      from a range of types of published photographs for line,           the major systems of the body. Clinical practice
   production, programming, and announcing. The student          dimension, emotional impact, and story. Cropping,                  indications and contraindications are emphasized.
   must be involved in radio which results in the operation      accenting, arrangement and labeling will be practiced, and         Students perform reflexology massage techniques and
   of the Butler student-run radio station.                      students will prepare a portfolio and/or a string book.            create a routine of reflexology massage. Development of
                                                                                                                                    a reflexology practice is explored.
       MC 264. Applied Radio IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:        MC 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
   MC 263 with a C or better and consent of instructor. A        Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of               MT 240. Therapeutic Massage II. 5 hours credit.
   continuation of Applied Radio III, this course is designed    specific interest to the student will be developed. These          Prerequisite: MT 140 with a C or better. In this course, the
   for students actively participating in radio production,      topics will be established by student needs or requirements.       student will use assessment skills to determine
   programming, and announcing. The student must be              Areas of specific needs will be pursued and instructional          appropriate therapeutic procedure. Class time will be
   involved in radio which results in the operation of the       material that lends itself to current trends or topics needed      spent integrating active and passive joint movements,
   Butler student-run radio station.                             to supplement normal classroom instruction will be offered.        deep tissue techniques, and energy work into the
                                                                     MC 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit          fundamental therapeutic massage with technique
       MC 265. Applied Television III. 1 hour credit.            each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See          instruction, demonstration, and hands-on practice.
   Prerequisite: MC 176 with a C or better. This course is a     Internships section of this catalog for a complete description     Students will gain experience in clinical based massage,
   continuation of MC 166. This course is designed for           of these courses.                                                  athletic massage, chair massage, and the modalities of
   students actively participating in television production.                                                                        hydrotherapy and aromatherapy. Stress reduction
   The student must be involved in television production              MC 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I, II,        techniques are explored. Business management and
   which results in the completion of a Butler student-run       III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with        entrepreneurial skills are introduced.
   television program.                                           on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section of
                                                                 this catalog for a complete description of these courses.              MT 241. Sports Massage. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
       MC 266. Applied Television IV. 1 hour credit.                                                                                MT 240 with a C or better. This course will enable the
   Prerequisite: MC 265 with a C or better. This course is a     (MT) MASSAGE THERAPY                                               student to assess athletic and non-athletic clients and
   continuation of MC 265. This course is designed for                MT 137 Body Systems and Disease I 4 credit hours.             properly apply specific massage techniques, theory,
   students actively participating in television production.     This course will enable the student to meet specific needs         philosophy and practice of sports massage. Classroom
   The student must be involved in television production         of the massage therapy program. Basic principles in                presentations focus on topics of injury pathology and
   which results in the completion of a Butler student-run       structure, function and disease are studied in relation to         specialized clinical methods for relief of activity altering
   television program.                                           massage therapy on the following systems; integumentary,           injuries/complaints, dysfunction, trigger points, and
                                                                 skeletal, muscular (part 1), circulatory and digestive. Students   common injuries of each muscle palpated. Students
       MC 281. Magazine/Yearbook Editing. 3 hours credit.        will also explore demographics, etiology, signs/symptoms           practice clinical applications of sports massage for common
   Prerequisite: Students should be average or above in          and treatment options of common disorders.                         athletic complaints of the upper and lower extremities.
   writing proficiency as demonstrated by a minimum grade
   of C in high school English and/or EG 101 with a C or              MT 140. Therapeutic Massage I. 5 hours credit. In                 MT 243 Body Systems and Disease II 4 credit hours
   better. This course involves the study of the fundamentals    this course, students learn the foundations of therapeutic         Prerequisites: MT137 with a C or better. This course will
   of copy writing, editing, and layout for yearbooks and        massage. Class time will be spent integrating                      enable the student to meet specific needs of the
   magazines. Copy writing, editing, and layout assignments      anatomy/physiology and first aid with discussion,                  massage therapy program. Basic principles in structure,
   are an integral part of the course.                           technique instruction, and hands-on practice. The student          function and disease are studied in relation to massage
                                                                 will gain experience in assessment skills,                         therapy on the following systems; muscular (part 2),
      MC 282. News Editing. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:        Swedish/therapeutic massage techniques and learn                   lymphatic, respiratory, endocrine, urinary, reproductive
   MC 261 with a C or better. Introduction of the skills         proper use of therapeutic massage supplies and                     and nervous. Students will also explore demographics,
   needed by an editor. Three hours of lecture and three         equipment, how to establish client/therapist rapport, and          etiology, signs/symptoms and treatment options of
   hours of laboratory.                                          the importance of contraindication.                                common disorders.


148 Course Descriptions
     MT 244. Lifespan Massage. 3 hours credit.                  MU 103. Piano Class III. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:            MU 112. Theory of Music II. 4 hours credit.
Prerequisite: MT 240 and MT 243 with a C or better. This      MU 102 with a C or better. A continuation of MU 102.           Prerequisite: MU 111 with a C or better. Must be taken
course will enable the student to integrate massage                                                                          concurrently with MU 157. This course continues the
techniques and bodywork with developmental needs of             MU 104. Piano Class IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:         logical study of harmony by vertically organizing scales to
clients throughout all stages of life. Through an             MU 103 with a C or better. A continuation of MU 103.           construct (and enable the student to hear) four- and five-
understanding of the physical, cognitive, and psycho-                                                                        part chords. Altered four- and five-part harmony is studied.
social characteristics of each major age group, the student       MU 105. Fundamentals of Music. 3 hours credit. A           Tonal relationships are introduced through such concepts
will perform assessments and develop massage and/or           study of the rudimentary skills of music with emphasis on      as substitution chords, major and minor tonalities, pivot
bodywork regimens appropriate for his clients of all ages.    elementary theory, conducting and performance skills.          chords and the analysis of any tonal composition’s
                                                                                                                             progression through major and/or minor key areas. The
    MT 246 Mechanics of Movement 3 credit hours                   MU 106. Piano Proficiency I. 1 hour credit. Piano          concepts and techniques of music theory are applied in
Prerequisites: MT243 with a C or better. This course          Proficiency for music majors is a competency based             the development of aural and keyboard skills.
provides in depth study of the structure and function of      program designed to assist students in acquiring
the musculoskeletal system as it relates to movement,         functional keyboard skills necessary for completing the            MU 118. Applied Voice I. 2 hours credit. Private
posture, health, and massage. Students will identify and      Piano Proficiency Examination required of all music            lessons in voice with emphasis on breathing, diction and
palpate major muscles, locating origins and insertions        degree-seeking students.                                       basic musicianship. Advanced literature is studied and
while demonstrating actions.                                                                                                 prepared for performance. An examination or recital is
                                                                  MU 107. Piano Proficiency II. 1 hour credit.               presented at the end of the semester.
    MT 247 Massage Ethics 2 credit hours Prerequisites:       Prerequisite: MU 106 with a C or better. A continuation of       MU 119. Applied Voice II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:




                                                                                                                                                                                            Music
MT140 with a C or better. This course will enable the         Piano Proficiency I which is a competency based program
student to learn professional and ethical principles of the                                                                  MU 118 with a C or better. A continuation of MU 118.
                                                              for music majors designed to assist students in acquiring
massage industry and incorporate them into his/her            functional keyboard skills necessary for completing the          MU 120. Applied Voice III. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
massage therapy practice.                                     Piano Proficiency Examination required of all music            MU 119 with a C or better. A continuation of MU 119.
     MT 260 Therapeutic Massage III 3 credit hours            degree-seeking students.
                                                                                                                               MU 121. Applied Voice IV. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
Prerequisites: MT240 and MT244 with a C or better. This                                                                      MU 120 with a C or better. A continuation of MU 120.
course is designed as the capstone of the massage                MU 110. Introduction to Music Reading and
therapy program. Growing as a massage therapist               Theory. 3 hours credit. This course involves the study of          MU 122. Applied Piano I. 2 hours credit. This course
through continued education will be explored, the             fundamental music concepts for students interested in          consists of weekly private instruction designed to provide
National Certification will be examined, advanced             majoring in music by serving as a tool in fulfilling Theory    the beginning or continuing student with the
business skills will be enhanced with marketing,              of Music requirements. Ear-training skills will be             fundamental basic principles of the art of playing the
advertising, and bookkeeping strategies, and supervised       emphasized at this time.                                       piano. The method of presentation will vary according to
clinical experiences will enhance the student's                                                                              individual student needs.
techniques and skills.                                            MU 111. Theory of Music I. 4 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                              Fundamental music reading skills. Must be taken                     MU 123. Applied Piano II. 2 hours credit.
(MU) MUSIC                                                    concurrently with MU 156. This course involves an in-depth     Prerequisite: MU 122 with a C or better. The course
                                                              study of the construction of the most common scales as         enables the continuing student to further develop their
    MU 100. Music Appreciation. 3 hours credit. A study
                                                              well as the structure and development of three- and four-      individual technical and instructional needs. The student
of musical materials, forms and styles that will help the
                                                              part chords. The professionally standard method of music       will perform for examination at the close of the semester.
student to enjoy more fully the music he/she may hear.
                                                              copying and chord symbolization is introduced. Emphasis is
    MU 101. Piano Class I. 1 hour credit. This course is      placed upon the development of aural skills and the                MU 124. Applied Piano III. 2 hours credit.
designed for the beginning piano student. Students            application of scale and chord theory to the keyboard.         Prerequisite: MU 123 with a C or better. An application of
will be taught individually as well as in a group in a                                                                       the student’s musicianship and keyboard skills as they
piano laboratory.                                                                                                            apply to all musical styles and repertoire. The student will
                                                                                                                             perform during the semester dependent on their level of
  MU 102. Piano Class II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:                                                                       accomplishment and the opportunities offered.
MU 101 with a C or better. A continuation of MU 101.

                                                                                                                                                          Course Descriptions 149
       MU 125. Applied Piano IV. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:         MU 135. Instrumental Ensemble. 1 hour credit.                      MU 141. Headliners I. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
   MU 124 with a C or better. This course is a continuation of     Prerequisite: Selection by audition. This class provides for       Selection by audition. The “Headliners” is a select mixed
   the study of piano literature and historical periods, with an   the organization of jazz/pop combos, and various small             vocal group of 18 to 24 voices designed to give advanced
   emphasis on performance in the student’s particular area        ensembles (eg. brass, woodwind, percussion) where                  training to vocalists. A variety of choral literature is
   of interest and need. Performance required.                     sufficient student interest exists. Occasional public              studied and techniques in choreography are employed.
                                                                   performance is encouraged.                                         “Headliners” represent the college in several functions
       MU 126. Keyboard Accompaniment. 2 hours credit.                                                                                on and off campus and continues throughout the fall
   Prerequisite: Instructor consent. Techniques in                     MU 136. Vocal Ensemble I. 1 hour credit. Selection             and spring semester. Students must also enroll in one
   accompanying will be studied, including the interpretation      by audition. Trios, quartets, etc. are organized each              hour of dance.
   of the music of different musical periods as to                 semester according to student interest. These groups
   embellishments and styles, the reading of choral scores         rehearse weekly with the purpose of developing                        MU 142. Headliners II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
   for choir accompanying and simple harmonizations,               technique and a knowledge of literature. Public                    MU 141 with a C or better and audition. A continuation
   transpositions, and modulations of hymns or folk tunes.         performance is encouraged. Students should consult                 of MU 141.
                                                                   music department staff prior to enrollment.
       MU 128. Chamber Singers I. 1 hour credit.                                                                                          MU 143. Chorus II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: MU
   Prerequisite: Selection by audition. Chamber Singers is a           MU 137. Vocal Ensemble II. 1 hour credit.                      140 with a C or better and audition. Two concerts are
   14-20 voice ensemble which studies and performs a               Prerequisite: MU 136 with a C or better and audition.              presented per semester. Additional performances might
   variety of choral literature. Chamber Singers represent the     Trios, quartets or larger ensembles are organized each             occasionally be scheduled with advance notification.
   college at several functions on and off campus.                 semester according to student interest. Groups rehearse
                                                                   weekly with the purpose of developing advanced vocal                   MU 144. Women’s Vocal Ensemble II. 1 hour credit.
       MU 129. Chamber Singers II. 1 hour credit.                                                                                     Prerequisite: MU 139 with a C or better and audition. A
   Prerequisite: MU 128 with a C or better and audition. A         techniques and to gain knowledge in a wide variety of
                                                                   choral literature. Students are given the opportunity to           continuation of MU 139.
   continuation of MU 128.
                                                                   select and rehearse music of their choice, some done                   MU 145. College Band I. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
       MU 130. Class Voice I. 1 hour credit. Lessons in voice      with choreography, under the supervision of the                    Selection by audition. Membership in the College Band is
   with emphasis on posture, breathing, diction and basic          instructor. Public performance of selections is required.          conditioned primarily on the instrumentation needs of
   musicianship. Literature is studied, memorized, and                                                                                the ensemble. Effort is made to recruit as many
   selected for performance. A vocal jury is required at the            MU 138. Men’s Vocal Ensemble. 1 hour credit.                  interested players as possible while maintaining a
   end of the semester.                                            Selection by audition. The ensemble is a select men’s              balanced ensemble. The band performs many musical
                                                                   vocal group of four to 16 voices designed to give                  styles in a variety of settings ranging from departmental
       MU 131. Class Voice II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:        advanced training to vocalists. A variety of choral literature
   MU 130 with a C or better. Class Voice II continues                                                                                concerts to sporting events and concert tours.
                                                                   is studied and techniques in choreography are employed.
   training with emphasis on registration, articulation,           The men’s ensemble may represent the college in various               MU 146. College Band II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
   coordination, and interpretation. Literature is studied,        functions on and off campus. The course runs continuous            MU 145 with a C or better and audition. A continuation
   memorized and selected for performance. A vocal jury is         through the fall and spring semester.                              of MU 145.
   required at the end of the semester.
                                                                       MU 139. Women’s Vocal Ensemble. 1 hour credit.                     MU 147. Men’s Vocal Ensemble II. 1 hour credit.
        MU 133. Jazz and Commercial Styles Workshop. 1             Selection by audition. The ensemble is a select vocal              Prerequisite: MU 138 with a C or better and audition. A
   hour credit. Prerequisite: Selection by audition. This course   group of four to 16 voices designed to give advanced               continuation of MU 138.
   involves the study of jazz and commercial styles of music.      training to vocalists. A variety of choral literature is studied
   Instruction may be on an individual and/or group basis. The                                                                            MU 148. Jazz Ensemble I. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                   and techniques in choreography are employed. The                   Selection by audition. The Butler Big Band is a 16-19 piece
   class is open to instrumentalists (wind, percussion, and        women’s ensemble may represent the college in various
   keyboard) and vocalists. Emphasis is placed upon acquiring                                                                         jazz ensemble. Emphasis is placed upon learning stylistic
                                                                   functions on and off campus. The course runs                       concepts in all facets of the jazz idiom and upon
   performing versatility and rhythmic comprehension, and          continuously through the fall and spring semester.
   upon improving the student’s speed of pitch, accuracy, and                                                                         development of improvisational skills. The Big Band plays
   stylistic perception when reading music.                                                                                           in a variety of settings ranging from departmental
                                                                      MU 140. Chorus I. 1 hour credit. Selection by                   concerts and South-Central Kansas high school recruiting
                                                                   audition. Two concerts are presented per semester.                 performances to jazz festivals and national tours.

150 Course Descriptions
    MU 149. Jazz Improvisation I. 2 hours credit.                   MU 156. Aural Skills I. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:          MU 180. Guitar Class I. 1 hour credit. Course
Prerequisite: Ability to read music proficiently. This course   Fundamental music reading skills. Must be taken                 designed for beginning guitar students. Emphasis on
involves the process of internalizing the sound and             concurrently with MU 111. This course involves an in-depth      chord and note reading and on proper finger style.
technique of scales as the basis for improvisation (the art     study and practical application of the sight singing and
of spontaneously conceiving and executing musical ideas).       dictation skills. This course will enable the student to hear       MU 181. Guitar Class II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                intervals, chord qualities, chord progressions, and scale       MU 180 with a C or better or instructor consent. A
    MU 150. Applied Organ I. 2 hours credit. This course        sources as applied to traditional and contemporary music.       continuation of MU 180 with emphasis on more involved
consists of weekly private instruction designed to provide                                                                      cording and simple melodies.
the beginning student with the fundamental basic                    MU 157. Aural Skills II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
principles of the art of organ playing as it applies to the     MU 156 with a C or better. Must be taken concurrently              MU 190. Jazz Ensemble II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
pipe organ or electronic organs. The method of                  with MU 112. This course continues the logical acquisition      MU 148 with a C or better and audition. This is a
presentation of these principles will vary according to         of aural skills applicable to four-part and five-part chords    continuation of MU 148.
individual student needs.                                       and altered four-part and five-part chords. Aural skills are         MU 191. Jazz Ensemble III. 1 hour credit.
                                                                developed in relation to substitution chords, chords in         Prerequisite: MU 190 with a C or better and audition. This
    MU 151. Applied Organ II. 2 hours credit.                   major and minor tonalities, and pivot chords.
Prerequisite: MU 150 with a C or better. This course                                                                            is a continuation of MU 190.
enables the student to use their hands and feet                     MU 160. Applied Band I. 2 hours credit. Private                  MU 192. Jazz Ensemble IV. 1 hour credit.
independently while channeling the student’s needs and          lessons in band instruments from fully accredited               Prerequisite: MU 191 with a C or better and audition. This
interests toward usable organ repertoire. The student will      instructor. Advanced literature is studied and prepared for     is a continuation of MU 191.
perform during the semester depending on their level of         performance. An examination or recital is presented at




                                                                                                                                                                                             Music
accomplishment and the opportunities offered.                   the end of each semester.                                          MU 202. Introduction to Contemporary Music. 3
                                                                                                                                hours credit. A study of 20th century music methods and
    MU 152. Applied Organ III. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:      MU 161. Applied Band II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:        composers. Pop music will be included in the analysis.
MU 151 with a C or better. An application of different styles   MU 160 with a C or better. A continuation of MU 160.
as they apply to organ literature. The student will perform                                                                         MU 203. Instrumental Workshop III. 2 hours credit.
during the semester dependent on their level of                   MU 162. Applied Band III. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:       Prerequisite: MU 155 with a C or better and audition. A
accomplishment and the opportunities offered.                   MU 161 with a C or better. A continuation of MU 161.            continuation of MU 155.
    MU 153. Applied Organ IV. 2 hours credit.                     MU 163. Applied Band IV. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:            MU 204. Instrumental Workshop IV. 2 hours credit.
Prerequisite: MU 152 with a C or better. A continuation of      MU 162 with a C or better. A continuation of MU 162.            Prerequisite: MU 203 with a C or better and audition. A
the study of organ literature and historical periods, with          MU 165. Pep Band I. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: High       continuation of MU 203.
an emphasis on performance technique and                        school band or consent of instructor. Membership in the
accompanying skills. The student will perform during the                                                                            MU 210. College Band III. 1 hour credit.
                                                                pep band is conditioned primarily on the instrumentation        Prerequisite: MU 146 with a C or better and audition. A
semester dependent on their level of accomplishment             needs of the ensemble. Effort is made to recruit as many        continuation of MU 146.
     MU 154. Instrumental Workshop I. 2 hours credit.           interested players as possible while maintaining a
Prerequisite: Selection by audition. Concurrent enrollment      balanced ensemble. The band performs popular musical               MU 211. College Band IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
in Jazz Ensemble and/or College Band. Classes are               styles for sporting events.                                     MU 210 with a C or better and audition. A continuation
organized according to the sections of instruments from                                                                         of MU 210.
                                                                   MU 166. Pep Band II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: MU
the Jazz Ensemble and College Band. Each section meets          165 with a C or better. This is a continuation of MU 165.
separately. Instruction focuses upon quality sound
production, sight-reading, technique, intonation, phrasing,         MU 179. Choral Accompaniment Combo I. 1 hour
and stylistic concepts. Music currently in the repertoire of    credit. Prerequisite: Department approval. This course
the performing ensembles is rehearsed in-depth.                 serves as a training and performing opportunity for
                                                                students interested in functioning in a combo while
    MU 155. Instrumental Workshop II. 2 hours credit.           working with a choral group. At the completion of this
Prerequisite: MU 154 with a C or better and audition. A         course the student will identify specific basic
continuation of MU 154.                                         components pertaining to accompanying vocal groups.

                                                                                                                                                            Course Descriptions 151
       MU 213. Theory of Music III. 4 hours credit.                   MU 224. Introduction to Music History and                        MU 244. Women’s Vocal Ensemble IV. 1 hour credit.
   Prerequisite: MU 112 with a C or better. Must be taken         Literature. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: MU 111 with a C or     Prerequisite: MU 239 with a C or better and audition. A
   concurrently with MU 256. This course involves the             better or instructor consent. A course designed to introduce     continuation of MU 239.
   cataloging of every tonal chordal forum from three- to         music majors to the various styles and forms of music from
   eight-part harmony and organizes them into nine-chord          the Middle Ages to 1960, and representative composers.               MU 247. Men’s Vocal Ensemble IV. 1 hour credit.
   families. Each family is then coordinated with its function    Considerable time will be spent listening to and studying        Prerequisite: MU 238 with a C or better and audition. A
   in a major or minor tonality. All unaltered and altered 9th,   basic European and American repertory. Lectures, readings        continuation of MU 238.
   11th and 13th chords are learned in relation to the scales     and listening assignments will be included.
   which play through them. Further chord substitution is                                                                              MU 249. Jazz Improvisation II. 2 hours credit.
   studied and polychords are introduced. All theory is               MU 228. Chamber Singers III. 1 hour credit.                  Prerequisite: MU 149 with a C or better. A continuation
   applied in the development of aural and keyboard skills.       Prerequisite: MU 129 with a C or better and audition. A          of MU 149.
                                                                  continuation MU 129.
       MU 214. Theory of Music IV. 4 hours credit.                                                                                     MU 250. Piano Pedagogy. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   Prerequisite: MU 213 with a C or better. Must be taken             MU 229. Chamber Singers IV. 1 hour credit.                   Instructor approval. The art and science of teaching piano
   concurrently with MU 257. This course involves the             Prerequisite: MU 228 with a C or better and audition. A          with helps for setting up a private studio and conducting
   continued study of chord families, related scales and          continuation of MU 228.                                          the business of teaching. Includes a survey of method
   chord substitution. Techniques are given for manipulation                                                                       books and other teaching materials, with an emphasis on
   of musical styles through the reinterpretation of chord             MU 230. Class Voice III. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: MU    the analysis of the needs of the individual and procedures
   families. The concepts and techniques of music theory are      131 with a C or better. Lessons in voice with emphasis on        for selecting the proper materials.
   applied in the development of aural and keyboard skills.       posture, breathing, diction and basic musicianship. Literature       MU 255. Piano Proficiency III. 1 hour credit.
      MU 215. Headliners III. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:        is studied, memorized and selected for performance. A            Prerequisite: MU 107 with a C or better. A continuation of
   MU 142 with a C or better and audition. A continuation         vocal jury is required at the end of the semester.               Piano Proficiency II which is a competency-based
   of MU 142.                                                                                                                      program for music majors designed to assist students in
                                                                      MU 231. Class Voice IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:         acquiring functional keyboard skills necessary for
      MU 216. Headliners IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:         MU 230 with a C or better. Lessons in voice with                 completing the Piano Proficiency Examination required of
   MU 215 with a C or better and audition. A continuation         emphasis on posture, breathing, diction and basic                all music degree-seeking students.
   of MU 215.                                                     musicianship. Literature is studied, memorized and
                                                                  selected for performance. A vocal jury is required at the             MU 256. Aural Skills III. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
       MU 218. Chorus III. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: MU 143    end of the semester.                                             MU 157 with a C or better. Must be take concurrently with
   with a C or better and audition. A continuation of MU 143.                                                                      MU 157. This course involves an in-depth study and
   Chorus III is an extension and continuation of Chorus II.          MU 236. Vocal Ensemble III. 1 hour credit.                   practical application of the sight singing and dictation
       MU 219. Chorus IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: MU 218     Prerequisite: MU 137. A continuation of MU 137 with a C          skills which enable the student to hear intervals, chord
   with a C or better and audition. A continuation of MU 218.     or better and audition.                                          qualities, chord progressions, and scale sources as
   Chorus IV is an extension and continuation of Chorus III.                                                                       applied to traditional and contemporary music.
                                                                      MU 237. Vocal Ensemble IV. 1 hour credit.
       MU 221. Music History I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:     Prerequisite: MU 236 with a C or better and audition. A               MU 257. Aural Skills IV. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   MU 111 with a C or better or instructor consent. A study       continuation of MU 236.                                          MU 256 with a C or better. Must be taken concurrently
   of musical forms, styles and composers from antiquity to                                                                        with MU124. This course involves an in-depth study and
   the end of the classical period.                                   MU 238. Men’s Vocal Ensemble III. 1 hour credit.             practical application of the sight singing and dictation
                                                                  Prerequisite: MU 147 with a C or better and audition. A          skills which enable the student to hear intervals, chord
       MU 222. Music History II. 3 hours credit.                  continuation of MU 147.                                          qualities, chord progressions, and scale sources as
   Prerequisite: MU 111 with a C or better or instructor                                                                           applied to traditional and contemporary music.
   approval. A survey of musical styles and practices of the          MU 239. Women’s Vocal Ensemble III. 1 hour credit.
   late 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries, concentrating on          Prerequisite: MU 144 with a C or better and audition. A
   composers and compositions that have had a lasting             continuation of MU 144.
   effect on Western music. Lectures, reference reading and
   representative listening examples are included.
152 Course Descriptions
    MU 260. Piano Proficiency IV. 1 hour credit.                (NR) NURSING                                                        NR 109. Nutrition. 2 hours credit. This course
Prerequisite: MU 255 with a C or better. A continuation of                                                                       provides an overview of normal and therapeutic nutrition.
                                                                    NR 105. Nursing Process I: Health Promotion and
Piano Proficiency III which is a competency-based
                                                                Management of Common Altered Health States of
program for music majors designed to assist students in                                                                              NR 110. Therapeutic Nutrition. 3 hours credit. This
                                                                Adults. 10 hours credit. Prerequisites: BI 240, BS 160, EG
acquiring functional keyboard skills necessary for                                                                               course is an in-depth study of normal nutrition and nutrition
                                                                101 MA 114 or above with a C or better. This course
completing the Piano Proficiency Examination required of                                                                         therapy for the health care professional and others.
                                                                enables the student to assess the adult who is seeking
all music degree-seeking students.
                                                                health and/or experiencing common altered health
                                                                                                                                     NR 115. IV Therapy for LPN. 3 hours credit.
   MU 265. Pep Band III. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: MU        states. It enables the student to analyze and use
                                                                                                                                 Prerequisite: LPN with a current Kansas license. This
166 with a C or better and audition. This is a continuation     assessment findings to plan, implement and evaluate
                                                                                                                                 course will enable the student to perform safely and
of MU 166.                                                      care for the individual, promoting health and competently
                                                                                                                                 competently the intravenous fluid therapy activities as
                                                                performing nursing skills in a caring manner. It enables
                                                                                                                                 defined in the Kansas Nurse Practice Act. The course is
   MU 266. Pep Band IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: MU         the student to communicate therapeutically and
                                                                                                                                 based on the nursing process and current intravenous
265 with a C or better and audition. This is a continuation     professionally and to collaborate effectively as a member
                                                                                                                                 nursing standards of practice. The student must be
of MU 265.                                                      of the health care team. The course enables the student
                                                                                                                                 prepared to complete all the pre-clinical requirements for
                                                                to demonstrate professional behaviors appropriate to a
                                                                                                                                 the Department of Nursing.
    MU 279. Choral Accompaniment Combo II. 1 hour               beginning level of nursing practice. Classroom: 98 hours;
credit. Prerequisite: MU 179 with a C or better and             Clinical: 180 hours
                                                                                                                                     NR 120. Directed Independent Study in Nursing. 3
audition. This is a continuation of MU 179.                                                                                      hours credit. This course is an extension of the nursing
                                                                     NR 106. Nursing Process II: Health Promotion and
                                                                                                                                 curriculum. It provides a structured learning experience to
    MU 280. Choral Accompaniment Combo III. 1 hour              Management of Common Altered Health States of
                                                                                                                                 broaden the student’s comprehension of principles and
credit. Prerequisite: MU 279 with a C or better and             Child and Family. 10 hours credit. Prerequisites: BS 260,
                                                                                                                                 competencies associated with the first level of the
audition. This is a continuation of MU 279.                     PE 254 and NR 105 or NR 108 with a C or better. This
                                                                                                                                 nursing program. Topics of specific interest to the
                                                                course enables the student to assess the child, adult, and
                                                                                                                                 student, augmenting the nursing curriculum are
    MU 281. Choral Accompaniment Combo IV. 1 hour               family who are seeking health promotion and/or
                                                                                                                                 developed with objectives based on individual student
credit. Prerequisite: MU 280 with a C or better and             experiencing common altered health states. It enables




                                                                                                                                                                                                 Nursing
                                                                                                                                 needs and/or requirements to apply learned skills to out-
audition. This is a continuation of MU 280                      the student to analyze and use assessment findings to
                                                                                                                                 of-class activities or a work-related environment.
                                                                plan, implement and evaluate care for the child, adult
    MU 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                 and family, promoting health and competently
                                                                                                                                      NR 202. Nursing Process III: Management of
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of        performing nursing skills in a caring manner. It enables
                                                                                                                                 Common High Acuity Altered Health States. 9 hours
specific interest to the student will be developed. These       the student to communicate therapeutically and
                                                                                                                                 credit. Prerequisites: BS 250 and NR 106 or NR 108 with a
topics will be established by student needs or                  professionally and to collaborate effectively as a member
                                                                                                                                 C or better. This course enables the student to assess the
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued           of the health care team. The course enables the student
                                                                                                                                 adult who is experiencing common medical-surgical and
and instructional material that lends itself to current         to demonstrate professional behaviors appropriate to the
                                                                                                                                 psychiatric high acuity altered health states. The student
trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom          first level of nursing practice. Classroom: 98 hours; Clinical
                                                                                                                                 will analyze and use assessment findings to plan,
instruction will be offered.                                    hours: 180 hours
                                                                                                                                 implement, evaluate, and prioritize care for the adult with
                                                                                                                                 common high acuity altered health states and
   MU 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit            NR 108. Nursing Concepts for Advanced Standing.
                                                                                                                                 competently perform nursing skills in a caring manner. It
each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.           2 hours credit. Prerequisites: BI 240, BI 250, BS 160, BS
                                                                                                                                 enables the student to communicate therapeutically and
See Internships section of this catalog for a complete          260, EG 101, MA 114 or above, PE 254. This course enables
                                                                                                                                 professionally and to collaborate effectively as a member
description of these courses.                                   the student to understand the transition from the role of
                                                                                                                                 of the health care team. The course enables the student
                                                                the licensed practical nurse (LPN) to that of the registered
                                                                                                                                 to demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors.
     MU 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education            nurse (RN). The student will learn to apply cognitive and
                                                                                                                                 Classroom hours: 80; Clinical hours: 180
I, II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education   psychomotor skills needed for successful bridging into
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education           the Butler Community College nursing program. The
section of this catalog for a complete description of           Kansas Nursing Articulation Model: Practical Nurse to
these courses.                                                  Associate Degree Nurse applies to this course.

                                                                                                                                                              Course Descriptions 153
       NR 203. Nursing Process IV: Management of                       NR 224. Long Term Care Administration. 2 hours                   NR 232. Pain in the Older Adult. 2 hours credit.
   Chronic or Progressive & Irreversible Alterations in            credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or better or RN/LPN       Prerequisites: NR105 with a C or better, or RN/LPN, or
   Health. 9 hours credit. Prerequisites: NR 202 with a C or       or prior approval of instructor. This course will enable the     prior approval of instructor. This course will enable the
   better, Humanities/Fine Arts requirement with a C or            student to explore the legal and business responsibilities       student to assess pain in older adults, and assist the
   better, Social/Behavioral Science Requirement with a C or       associated with long term care administration, including         client to achieve optimal control of pain. The student will
   better. This course enables the student to assess groups of     varied payer sources. This course will provide the student       explore collaborative care for the older adult in pain
   adult clients who are experiencing chronic or progressive       with basic skills essential in the role of long term care        including complimentary therapies.
   and irreversible alterations in health. It enables the          administration.
   student to use critical thinking skills to analyze assessment                                                                        NR 234. Gerontological Nursing. 3 hours credit.
   findings to prioritize nursing care for groups of adult             NR 226. Issues of the Older Adult. 2 hours credit.           Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or better, or RN/LPN, or
   clients. The student is able to refine previously learned       Prerequisites: NR105 with a C or better, or RN/LPN, or prior     instructor approval. This course will enable the student to
   cognitive and psychomotor nursing skills. This course           approval of instructor. This course will enable the student to   understand the impact gerontologic nurses have on the
   enables the student to demonstrate the dynamics of              meet the needs of older adults and their caregivers in the       care of older adult.The student will distinguish normal
   leadership and management skills in clinical decision           areas of adaptation to living environments, elder abuse,         aging from pathology, learn how older adults respond to
   making processes. The student is able to demonstrate            financial resources, and sexuality through use of                common health problem medication pharmacokinetics
   professional behaviors appropriate to the novice                community resources and education.                               and interactions. There will be an emphasis on physical
   practitioner. Classroom: 72 hours; Clinical 200 hours                                                                            assessment including lab values and diagnostic tests. This
                                                                       NR 227. Culturally Diverse Older Adult. 1 hour               knowledge will enable the student to plan and provide
       NR 220 Directed Independent Study in Nursing. 3             credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or better, or RN/         optimal nursing care for older adults.
   hours credit. Prerequisite: NR 202. This course is an           LPN, or prior approval of instructor. This course will enable
   extension of the nursing curriculum. It provides a              the student to recognize the relationship between                    NR 235. Mental Health of Older Adults. 2 hours
   structured learning experience to broaden the student’s         cultural diversity and the healthcare of older adults. The       credit. Prerequisites: NR105 with a C or better, RN/LPN, or
   comprehension of principles and competencies                    student will develop an understanding of the underlying          prior approval of instructor. This course will enable the
   associated with the second level of the nursing program.        impact that various cultures have on the health status of        student to assess the mental health of older adults,
   Topics of specific interest to the student, augmenting the      older adults, including access/barriers to healthcare            describe the most common mental disorders, discuss how
   nursing curriculum are developed with objectives based          services. The student will apply the knowledge he/she            their presentation differs with age, nursing management
   on individual student needs and/or requirements to              gains about various cultural factors of older adults in          and common treatments of these disorders, and available
   apply learned skills to out-of-class activities or a work-      order to provide optimal nursing care for this population.       resources.
   related environment.
                                                                       NR 228. The Older Woman. 2 hours credit.                     (OR) ORIENTATION
       NR 222. Introduction to Minimum Data Set. 2 hours           Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or better, or RN/ LPN, or
                                                                                                                                         OR 102. College Orientation. 1 hour credit. This
   credit. Prerequisites: NR105 with a C or better or RN/LPN       prior approval of instructor. This course will enable the
                                                                                                                                    course will enable the student to explore the Butler
   or prior approval of instructor. This course will enable the    student to analyze health care issues specific to the
                                                                                                                                    Learning PACT, including personal development,
   student to have basic knowledge of the federal and state        older woman. The student will then be able to identify
                                                                                                                                    analytical thinking, communication, and technological
   requirements related to the minimum data set criteria for       and implement appropriate nursing interventions for the
                                                                                                                                    skills. This course is an introduction to the student
   long term care.                                                 older woman.
                                                                                                                                    experience at Butler Community College.
       NR 223. Legal Issues of the Elderly. 2 hours credit.            NR 230. Pathophysiology. 4 hours credit.
                                                                                                                                        OR 103. Research Techniques. 1 hour credit. This
   Prerequisites: NR105 with a C or better, or RN/LPN, or          Prerequisite: BI 240 with a C or better. This course will
                                                                                                                                    course will enable the student to understand the process
   prior approval of instructor. This course will enable the       enable the student to develop an understanding of the
                                                                                                                                    of information seeking: defining a need, creating a
   student to explore various legal issues specific to the         concepts of pathophysiology including inflammation and
                                                                                                                                    research strategy, selecting and evaluating sources, and
   elderly client. This information will assist the student to     healing, immune responses, fluid/electrolyte imbalances,
                                                                                                                                    using information ethically. The student will be able to
   act as an advocate for the elderly population.                  pain, neoplasms, and genetics. The student will apply
                                                                                                                                    apply this knowledge throughout his/her college career
                                                                   these underlying concepts to explore the
                                                                                                                                    and life.
                                                                   pathophysiology, etiology, clinical manifestations and
                                                                   treatments of common disorders in major body systems.

154 Course Descriptions
(PD) PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT                                           PE 111. Yoga I. 1 credit hour. This course will enable         PE 123. Swimming I. 1 hour credit. This activity
                                                                the student to participate in moderate yoga exercise            course will enable the student to demonstrate basic
     PD 100. Career Planning. 1 hour credit. This course
                                                                routines for body and mind fitness. The student will learn      swimming strokes and water survival skills.
will enable the student to utilize a self-assessment, job
                                                                to perform poses or “asanas” that will strengthen and
search, cover letter, resume, and mock interview to                                                                                 PE 124. Swimming II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: PE
                                                                tone the body as well as increase flexibility and improve
initiate the career planning process.                                                                                           123 with a C or better or instructor approval. The activity
                                                                posture. Because of its attention to complete breathing,
                                                                yoga relieves tension and stress.                               course will enable the student to demonstrate skills
     PD 104. Study Skills. 1 hour credit. This course will
                                                                                                                                beyond Swimming I to include more advanced swimming
enable the student to develop effective academic and
                                                                    PE 112. Aerobics I. 1 hour credit. This course will         strokes, building endurance through distance swimming
life skills.
                                                                enable the student to participate in moderate exercise          and preparation for the lifesaving course.
    PD 105. Becoming a Master Student. 3 hours credit.          programs of choreographed routines of continuous
                                                                activity through combined motor skills such as dance                PE 125. Officiating of Spring Sports. 2 hours
Prerequisite: Appropriate Asset or ACT reading test score.
                                                                steps, jogging, and various other aerobic exercises.            credit. This course will enable the student to interpret
Additional diagnostic testing may be used to verify
                                                                                                                                the rules of basketball, track and field; baseball and
correct placement. This course will enable the student to
                                                                    PE 113. Aerobics II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: PE 112    softball in preparation for coaching; officiating and
use effective study skill and time management
                                                                or instructor approval. This course will enable the student     spectator appreciation.
techniques, as well as develop strategies to better
                                                                to participate in vigorous exercise programs of
manage his/her health, relationships, and finances.                                                                                 PE 126. Officiating of Fall Sports. 2 hours credit. This
                                                                choreographed routines of continuous activity through
                                                                combined motor skills such as dance steps, jogging, and         course will enable the student to interpret the rules of
     PD 112. Stress Management. 1 hour credit. This course
                                                                various other aerobic exercises.                                football, soccer, and volleyball in preparation for
will enable the student to develop positive strategies for
                                                                                                                                coaching, officiating and spectator appreciation.
managing stress and apply relaxation techniques.
                                                                    PE 114. Karate II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: PE 107 or
                                                                instructor approval. This course will enable the student to         PE 127. Introduction to Personal Training. 3 hours
(PE) PHYSICAL EDUCATION                                         develop the more advanced skills and strategies of the          credit. This course provides a basic understanding of the
    PE 103. Physical Conditioning I. 1 hour credit. This        art of self-defense in the martial arts of Karate.              role of exercise in a wellness lifestyle, the scientific
course will enable the student to participate in beginning                                                                      foundations necessary to evaluate fitness levels and the
weight training, circuit and cardiovascular conditioning            PE 116. Principles of Strength Training. 3 hours            prescription of exercise. Students considering a career in
activities designed to develop physical strength, agility,      credit. This course provides basic information for              the fitness industry will have basic knowledge of exercise
speed, and endurance.                                           designing safe, effective and efficient strength-training       and program administration. This course will enable the
                                                                programs that enable all participants to look better, feel      student to sit for the Certified Health Professional
     PE 105. Rock Climbing I. 1 hour credit. This course        better, and perform better. Students who are considering        Examination offered by the National Council of Strength
will enable the student to develop the beginning skills of      a career in coaching, physical education, or fitness will       and Fitness.
rock climbing. The student will learn the four styles of        have a basic understanding of the physiological




                                                                                                                                                                                                Education
                                                                                                                                    PE 128. Pilates I. 1 hour credit. This course will enable




                                                                                                                                                                                                 Physical
free rock climbing: bouldering, top-roping, traditional         responses of the body to strength training and the means
leading, and sport leading as it relates to indoor or rock      of designing exercise programs to achieve the                   the student to participate in moderate Pilate exercise
wall climbing.                                                  appropriate results.                                            routines for body and mind fitness. Pilates develops a
                                                                                                                                strong core or center of the body through body
    PE 104. Physical Conditioning II. 1 hour credit.                PE 120. Introduction to Physical Education. 3 hours         awareness, good posture and easy, graceful movement
Prerequisite: PE 103 or instructor approval. This course will   credit. Introductory survey of the field and study of the       while improving flexibility, agility and economy of motion.
enable the student to participate in more advanced              principles of health and physical education including
weight training, circuit, and cardiovascular conditioning       philosophy theory, practice, and history.                           PE 129. Pilates II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: PE 128
activities designed to develop physical strength, agility,                                                                      with a C or better, or instructor approval. This course will
speed, and endurance.                                               PE 121. Tennis I. 1 hour credit. This course will enable    enable the student to participate in advanced Pilates
                                                                the student to develop in the basics of beginning tennis        exercise routines for body and mind fitness. Pilates
    PE 107. Karate I. 1 hour credit. This course will enable    through the execution of fundamental drills and                 develops a strong core or center of the body through
the student to participate in the basic introduction to the     competitive play.                                               body awareness, good posture, and easy, graceful
art of self-defense in Karate. An emphasis is placed on                                                                         movement while improving flexibility, agility, and
the physical and mental preparation required with the                                                                           economy of motion.
exercise associated with the skills of the martial arts.
                                                                                                                                                              Course Descriptions 155
       PE 130. Firefighter Agility and Fitness. 1 hour credit.          PE 170. Varsity Cross Country I. 2 hours credit.                    PE 179. Varsity Track and Field II 2 hours credit.
   The course will enable the student to be physically fit          Prerequisite: Selection by the head cross country coach. This      Prerequisite: PE 178 and selection by the head track and
   enough to perform as a firefighter. This course will also        course is an introduction to men’s and women’s collegiate          field coach. This course is designed for advanced
   enable to student to develop a personalized exercise             cross country providing credit for varsity participation.          beginning men’s and women’s collegiate track and field
   program to maintain the physical fitness required to                                                                                providing credit for varsity participation.
   perform as a firefighter.                                            PE 171. Varsity Cross Country II. 2 hours credit.
                                                                    Prerequisite: PE 170 and selection by the head cross                   PE 180. Varsity Baseball I. 2 hours credit.
       PE 131. Golf I. 1 hour credit. This course will enable       country coach. This course is designed for advanced                Prerequisite: Selection by the head baseball coach. This
   the student to develop the fundamental skills of golf            men’s and women’s collegiate cross country providing               course is an introduction to men’s collegiate baseball
   through driving range and game participation.                    credit for varsity participation.                                  providing credit for varsity participation.
        PE 132. Soccer I. 1 hour credit. This activity course                                                                              PE 181. Varsity Softball I. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   will enable the student to develop the fundamental skills            PE 172. Varsity Football I. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:      Selection by the head softball coach. This course is an
   of soccer through game participation.                            Selection by the head football coach. This course is an            introduction to women’s collegiate softball providing
                                                                    introduction to men’s collegiate football providing credit         credit for varsity participation.
       PE 133. Soccer II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: PE 132       for varsity participation.
   or instructor approval. This activity course will enable the                                                                            PE 184. Varsity Basketball Men II. 2 hours credit.
   student to develop the more advanced skills of soccer                PE 173. Varsity Football II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:     Prerequisite: PE 176 and selection by the head men’s
   through game participation.                                      PE 172 and selection by the head football coach. This              basketball coach. This course is designed for advanced
                                                                    course is designed for advanced beginning men’s                    beginning men’s collegiate basketball providing credit for
       PE 139. Volleyball. 1 hour credit. This course will          collegiate football providing credit for varsity participation.    varsity participation.
   enable the student to develop the fundamental skills of
   volleyball through game participation.                               PE 174. Varsity Volleyball I. 2 hours credit.                      PE 185. Varsity Basketball Women II. 2 hours credit.
                                                                    Prerequisite: Selection by the head volleyball coach. This         Prerequisite: PE 177 and selection by the head women’s
      PE 158. Bowling I. 1 hour credit. This course will                                                                               basketball coach. This course is designed for advanced
   enable the student to develop the fundamental skills of          course is an introduction to collegiate women’s volleyball
                                                                    providing credit for varsity participation.                        beginning women’s collegiate basketball providing credit
   bowling through game participation.                                                                                                 for varsity participation.
       PE 159. Bowling II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: PE 158          PE 175. Varsity Volleyball II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:       PE 186. Varsity Baseball II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   or instructor approval. This course will enable the student      PE 174 and selection by the head volleyball coach. This            PE 180 and selection by the head baseball coach. This
   to develop the more advanced skills of bowling through           course is designed for advanced beginning collegiate               course is designed for advanced beginning men’s
   game participation. The student will gain experience in          women’s volleyball providing credit for varsity participation.     collegiate baseball providing credit for varsity participation.
   various forms of competitions and league participation in
   figuring averages, handicaps and scoring.                            PE 176. Varsity Basketball Men I. 2 hours credit.                  PE 187. Varsity Softball II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                    Prerequisite: Selection by the head men’s basketball               PE 181 and selection by the head softball coach. This
        PE 161. Spirit Squad I. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:       coach. This course is an introduction to men’s collegiate          course is designed for advanced beginning women’s
   Selection by the spirit squad coach. This course is an           basketball providing credit for varsity participation.             collegiate softball providing credit for varsity participation.
   introduction to precision co-ed performances of chants,
   cheers, stunts, and tumbling at Butler football and basketball       PE 177. Varsity Basketball Women I. 2 hours credit.                PE 189. Varsity Soccer I. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   games providing credit for spirit squad participation.           Prerequisite: Selection by the head women’s basketball             Selection by the head soccer coach. This course is an
                                                                    coach. This course is an introduction to women’s collegiate        introduction to women’s collegiate soccer providing
       PE 162. Spirit Squad II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite: PE                                                                       credit for varsity participation.
   161 and selection by the spirit squad coach. This course is      basketball providing credit for varsity participation.
   designed for advanced beginning precision co-ed                                                                                         PE 190. Varsity Soccer II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   performances of chants, cheers, stunts, and tumbling at              PE 178. Varsity Track and Field I. 2 hours credit.             PE 189 and selection by the head soccer coach. This
   Butler football and basketball games providing credit for        Prerequisite: Selection by the head track and field                course is designed for advanced beginning women’s
   spirit squad participation.                                      coach. This course is an introduction to men’s and                 collegiate soccer providing credit for varsity participation.
                                                                    women’s collegiate track and field providing credit for
                                                                    varsity participation.

156 Course Descriptions
    PE 210. Archery. 1 hour credit. This course will enable          PE 260. Theory of Baseball. 2 hours credit. This                  PE 276. Kinesiology/Biomechanics. 3 hours credit.
the student to participate in beginning archery to develop       course is composed of lecture and field practicum. It will        Prerequisite: BI 240 with a C or better or instructor
an understanding of the sport’s history, terminology, and        provide the student with knowledge of the fundamentals            approval. This course provides a basic understanding of
proper skill fundamentals.                                       of baseball, and the methods for teaching and coaching            the kinesthetics and mechanics of human motion with
                                                                 concepts that relate specifically to baseball and coaching        respect to performance of sport activities. Though the
    PE 231. Golf II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: PE 131 or      in general.                                                       study of the anatomical and mechanical principles that
instructor’s permission. This course will enable the                                                                               govern movement of the joints and muscles, the
student to develop the more advanced skills of golf                  PE 261. Spirit Squad III. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:       students will be able to evaluate techniques in sports,
through driving range and game participation.                    PE 162 and selection by the spirit squad coach. This              fitness, and rehabilitation activities and identify the most
    PE 237. Tennis II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: PE 121 or    course is designed for intermediate precision co-ed               efficient method of performing a movement pattern.
instructor approval. This course will enable the student to      performances of chants, cheers, stunts, and tumbling at
                                                                 Butler football and basketball games providing credit for             PE 277. Varsity Basketball Women III. 2 hours credit.
develop more advanced techniques and strategies                                                                                    Prerequisite: PE 185 and selection by the head women’s
through participation in competitive tennis play.                spirit squad participation.
                                                                                                                                   basketball coach. This course is designed for
   PE 240. Theory of Football. 2 hours credit. A course              PE 262. Spirit Squad IV. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:        intermediate women’s collegiate basketball providing
covering the fundamentals of coaching football. The              PE 261 and selection by the spirit squad coach. This              credit for varsity participation.
fundamentals of tackling, blocking, ball handling,               course is designed for advanced precision co-ed                        PE 278. Varsity Track and Field III. 2 hours credit.
passing, kicking, and backfield, and line play are stressed.     performances of chants, cheers, stunts, and tumbling at           Prerequisite: PE 179 and selection by the head track and
Theories of various offensive and defensive formations           Butler football and basketball games providing credit for         field coach. This course is designed for intermediate
and patterns are covered.                                        spirit squad participation.                                       men’s and women’s collegiate track and
    PE 250. Theory of Basketball. 2 hours credit. A course                                                                         field providing credit for varsity participation.
                                                                     PE 270. Theory of Track and Field. 2 hours credit. This
covering the fundamentals of coaching basketball. All            course will enable the student to develop an                           PE 279. Varsity Track and Field IV. 2 hours credit.
phases are covered including the fundamentals of floor           understanding of coaching track and field including the           Prerequisite: PE 278 and selection by the head track and
work, ball handling, passing, shooting, dribbling, and           basic theories of proper technique and physical                   field coach. This course is designed for advanced men’s
different offenses and defenses. Special emphasis is placed      conditioning. The student will be able to apply the               and women’s collegiate track and field providing credit
on the theory and philosophy of coaching basketball.             underlying concepts of developing training programs for           for varsity participation.
     PE 251. Basketball I. 1 hour credit. This activity course   sprinting, distance running, jumping and throwing events.
                                                                                                                                       PE 280. Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries. 3
will enable the student to develop the fundamental skills                                                                          hours credit. Instruction will cover the care of injuries
of basketball through team participation.                            PE 272. Varsity Football III. 2 hours credit.
                                                                 Prerequisite: PE 173 and selection by the head football           common to athletic and recreational activities. Emphasis will
     PE 254. Lifetime Fitness. 2 hours credit. This course       coach. This course is designed for intermediate men’s             also be placed on the prevention, first aid, and treatment




                                                                                                                                                                                                     Education
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Physical
is designed to promote wellness through regular                  collegiate football providing credit for varsity participation.   and care of injuries. Material will be covered by lecture and
participation in physical fitness activities. The need for                                                                         laboratory sessions. The course is designed for students in
lifetime exercise, as opposed to sporadic participation, is          PE 273. Varsity Football IV. 2 hours credit.                  physical education, coaching or athletic training.
emphasized. Specific areas of study will include the             Prerequisite: PE 272 and selection by the head football               PE 281. Varsity Softball III. 2 hours credit.
concepts of fitness/wellness, motivation, cardiorespiratory      coach. This course is designed for advanced men’s                 Prerequisite: PE 187 and selection by the head softball
efficiency, muscular strength, flexibility, body                 collegiate football providing credit for varsity participation.   coach. This course is designed for intermediate women’s
composition, and nutrition.                                                                                                        collegiate softball providing credit for varsity participation.
    PE 257. Basketball II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: PE                                                                             PE 284. Varsity Basketball Men III. 2 hours credit.
251 or instructor approval. This activity course will enable                                                                       Prerequisite: PE 184 and selection by the head men’s
the student to develop the more advanced skills of                                                                                 basketball coach. This course is designed for
basketball through team participation.                                                                                             intermediate men’s collegiate basketball providing credit
                                                                                                                                   for varsity participation.


                                                                                                                                                                 Course Descriptions 157
       PE 285. Advanced Athletic Training I. 2 hours credit.             PE 293. Varsity Volleyball IV. 2 hours credit.           (PH) PHYSICS
   Prerequisite: Instructor approval. This course will orient        Prerequisite: PE 292 with a C or better and selection by
                                                                                                                                      PH 103. Descriptive Astronomy. 4 hours credit. A
   the beginning athletic trainer to the preventative                the head volleyball coach. This course is designed for
                                                                                                                                  general study of the solar system, stars, and galaxies. Also
   techniques, injury evaluations, and treatments of the             advanced women’s collegiate volleyball providing credit
                                                                                                                                  discussed will be the tools and methods used by
   lower-body. Students will explore lower body injury               for varsity participation.
                                                                                                                                  astronomers. Other topics will include the effect of the
   rehabilitation techniques of cryokinetics and correct
                                                                                                                                  space program on the understanding of astronomical
   modality application parameters. Students also study                  PE 294. Varsity Basketball Men IV. 2 hours credit.
                                                                                                                                  phenomena, several of the current theories on the origin
   athletic trainer organizational and administrative topics.        Prerequisite: PE 284 with a C or better and selection by
                                                                                                                                  of the universe, and the current projects involved in the
                                                                     the head men’s basketball coach. This course is designed
        PE 286. Advanced Athletic Training II. 2 hours credit.                                                                    search of extraterrestrial intelligence. In the laboratory
                                                                     for advanced men’s collegiate basketball providing credit
   Prerequisite: Instructor approval. This course will orient the                                                                 portion of the course, familiarity with the objects in the
                                                                     for varsity participation.
   beginning athletic trainer to the preventative techniques,                                                                     nighttime sky (constellations, the feature of the moon,
   injury evaluations, and treatments of the upper-body.                                                                          identification of planets) will be developed. Techniques
                                                                         PE 295. Varsity Basketball Women IV. 2 hours credit.
   Students will explore the upper-body injury rehabilitation                                                                     of small telescopes and binoculars will be developed,
                                                                     Prerequisite: PE 277 with a C or better and selection by
   techniques of cryokinetics and correct modality                                                                                indoor exercises will include the use of star and
                                                                     the head women’s basketball coach. This course is
   application parameters. Students will also explore athletic                                                                    constellation charts, planetary models, and a variety of
                                                                     designed for advanced women’s collegiate basketball
   trainer organizational and administrative topics.                                                                              computer activities. This course will meet for three hours
                                                                     providing credit for varsity participation.
                                                                                                                                  of lecture and 2 hours of laboratory per week.
       PE 287. Varsity Softball IV. 2 hours credit.
   Prerequisite: PE 281 with a C or better and selection by              PE 296. Varsity Baseball IV. 2 hours credit.
                                                                                                                                      PH 109. Applied Physics. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   the head softball coach. This course will enable the              Prerequisite: PE 291 with a C or better and selection by
                                                                                                                                  MA 114 or equivalent. This is a course in applied science
   student to develop the skills for advanced women’s                the head baseball coach. This course is designed for
                                                                                                                                  for those who plan to pursue careers as technicians or
   collegiate softball providing credit for varsity participation.   advanced men’s collegiate baseball providing credit for
                                                                                                                                  who just want to keep pace with the advances in
                                                                     varsity participation.
                                                                                                                                  technology. Students perform practical laboratory
       PE 289. Varsity Soccer III. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                                                                                  experiments that relate each concept of the four energy
   PE 190 with a C or better and selection by the head                   PE 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
                                                                                                                                  systems. It blends an understanding of these basic
   soccer coach. This course will enable the student to              Prerequisite: Dean and instructor approval. Topics of
                                                                                                                                  principles with practice in practical applications. It will give
   develop the skills for intermediate women’s collegiate            specific interest to the student will be developed. These
                                                                                                                                  the student a firm foundation for understanding today’s
   soccer providing credit for varsity participation.                topics will be established by student needs or
                                                                                                                                  and tomorrow’s technology.
                                                                     requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
       PE 290. Varsity Soccer IV. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:      and instructional material that lends itself to current
   PE 289 with a C or better and selection by the head                                                                                 PH 130. Basic Physics I. 5 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                     trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom
   soccer coach. This course will enable the student to                                                                           MA 120 or equivalent. A practical approach to the
                                                                     instruction will be offered.
   develop the skills for advanced women’s collegiate                                                                             teaching of basic physics of force, work, rate, and
   soccer providing credit for varsity participation.                                                                             momentum, and resistance is presented in Basic Physics
                                                                        PE 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
                                                                                                                                  I. Students are shown how these five concepts are
       PE 291. Varsity Baseball III. 2 hours credit.                 each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
                                                                                                                                  applied to four energy systems - mechanical, fluidal,
   Prerequisite: PE 186 with a C or better and selection by the      See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
                                                                                                                                  electrical, and thermal. Students perform practical
   head baseball coach. This course will enable the student          description of these courses.
                                                                                                                                  laboratory experiments that relates each concept to the
   to develop the skills for intermediate men’s collegiate                                                                        four energy systems.
   baseball providing credit for varsity participation.                   PE 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
                                                                     II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
       PE 292. Varsity Volleyball III. 2 hours credit.               with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
   Prerequisite: PE 175 with a C or better and selection by          section of this catalog for a complete description of
   the head volleyball coach. This course is designed for            these courses.
   intermediate women’s collegiate volleyball providing
   credit for varsity participation.


158 Course Descriptions
    PH 143. General Physics I. 5 hours credit.                      PH 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit             PL 253/254. Special Topics - Philosophy. 3 hours
Prerequisite: MA 131 or MA 135 and recommended MA               each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience. See         credit. Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and
140 but not required. This course presents an introduction      Internships section of this catalog for a complete                instructor. Topics of specific interest to the students will
to the principles of mechanics, heat and                        description of these courses.                                     be developed. Student’s needs or requirements will
thermodynamics, and wave motion and sound.                                                                                        establish these topics. Areas of specific needs will be
Laboratory experiments enhance the concepts listed                    PH 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,          pursued and instructional material that lends itself to
above as well as introduction to the principles and             II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with   current trends or topics that are needed to supplement
techniques of scientific investigation and data handling.       on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section          normal classroom instruction will be offered.
This course is intended for students in life science, pre-      of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.
med, pre-dental, pre-vet, the general liberal arts,                                                                               (PO) POLITICAL SCIENCE
business, and pre-teaching.                                     (PL) PHILOSOPHY
                                                                    PL 290. Philosophy I. 3 hours credit. This course will            PO 141. American Federal Government. 3 credit
    PH 146. General Physics II. 5 hours credit.                 enable the student to appraise the philosophical concepts         hours. This course will enable the student to
Prerequisite: PH 143 with a C or better. This course is a       and arguments contained in the commentaries and/or                internalize facts related to federalism, including the
continuation of General Physics I. The general areas of         selections from the works of various historical and               Constitution, the media, political parties, the branches
study are electricity, magnetism, light, and nuclear            contemporary philosophers. The student will learn how to          of government, and foreign policy. The student will
physics. Laboratory experience is utilized as a means of        apply philosophical principles to contemporary issues and         be to recognize relationships between the federal
enhancing the students understanding concepts from              to synthesize the teachings of the philosophers into a            government and current events as well as the
the areas listed above as well as for the purpose of            coherent set of principles that can guide personal conduct        concerns of diverse populations.
introducing the principle techniques of scientific              and thought. This course will enable the student to present
investigation and data handling. There will be three hours      his/her own views on these philosophical issues in                    PO 142. State and Local Government. 3 hours
of lecture with four hours of laboratory per week.              discussion and/or written documents.                              credit. This course will enable the student to internalize
                                                                                                                                  facts related to state and local government, including
    PH 251. Physics I. 5 hours credit. Prerequisite: MA                                                                           constitutions, elections and structure. The student will be
                                                                    PL 291. Ethics. 3 hours credit. This course will enable
151. This course is intended for those students who plan                                                                          able to recognize relationships between state and local
                                                                the student to appraise ethical concepts and arguments
to major in physics, mathematics or other fields of                                                                               government and current events as well as the concerns
                                                                contained in the commentaries or selections from the
science requiring a more in-depth introduction to physics.                                                                        of diverse populations—including citizenry, parties and
                                                                works of various historical and contemporary writers or in
A calculus treatment of the general principles of                                                                                 interest groups.
                                                                the televised, interactive dialogues of contemporary
mechanics, heat and sound is offered in this course.
                                                                societal leaders which form the basis of the telecourse.
There are three single periods of lecture and two double                                                                             PO 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
                                                                The student will learn how to apply ethical principles to
periods of laboratory per week.                                                                                                   each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
                                                                contemporary personal and world issues and to
                                                                synthesize those ethical concepts and arguments into a            See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
    PH 252. Physics II. 5 credit hours. Prerequisite: PH 251
                                                                coherent set of principles that can guide personal                description of these courses.
and MA 152 with a C or better or concurrent enrollment in
MA 152. This course is a continuation of PH 251. The topics     conduct and thought. This course will enable the student
                                                                to present his/her ethical views in discussion and/or                   PO 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
covered in this course are electricity, magnetism, light, and
                                                                written documents.                                                II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education with
modern physics. There will be three hours of lecture with
                                                                                                                                  on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education section
four hours of laboratory per week.
                                                                   PL 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit          of this catalog for a complete description of these courses.




                                                                                                                                                                                                    pHILOSOPHY
                                                                each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
     PH 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
                                                                See Internships section of this catalog for a complete                PO 201. International Relations. 3 hours credit. An
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
                                                                description of these courses.                                     introduction to the study of international relations focusing
specific interest to the student will be developed. These
                                                                                                                                  on patterns of conflict and cooperation among nations.
topics will be established by student needs or                       PL 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued and       II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
instructional material that lends itself to current trends or   with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
topics needed to supplement normal classroom instruction        section of this catalog for a complete description of
will be offered.                                                these courses.

                                                                                                                                                                Course Descriptions 159
       PO 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit. Topics of           PS 111. Aircraft Science. 3 hours credit. This course         RD 114. Advancing Reading Skills. 3 hours credit.
   specific interest to the student will be developed. These      will enable the student to apply the principles of             Prerequisite: Appropriate ASSET Reading or ACT Reading
   topics will be established by the student’s needs or           navigation, meteorology, radio communication, radio            score. This course will enable the student to advance
   requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued          navigation, theory of flight, federal air regulations, and     his/her reading and vocabulary skills in the application,
   and instructional material that lends itself to current        related subjects to the operation of an aircraft. At the       comprehension and interpretation of both fiction and
   trends or topics that are needed to supplement normal          completion of this course, the student will be qualified to    non-fiction texts.
   classroom instruction will be offered.                         take the FAA private pilot written exam. Credit is allowed
                                                                  as a science elective only.                                    (RG) RELIGION
   (PS) PHYSICAL SCIENCE                                              PS 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
                                                                                                                                      RG 190. New Testament. 3 hours credit. This course
       PS 100. General Physical Science. 5 hours credit.                                                                         will enable the student to develop a critical perspective on
                                                                  Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
   Recommended High School Algebra or MA 060 with a C                                                                            the development of Christianity and its texts. To this end
                                                                  specific interest to the student will be developed. These
   or better. This is a comprehensive course in Physical                                                                         the student will examine the various factors that impacted
                                                                  topics will be established by student needs or
   Science designed for the student who is not majoring in                                                                       Christianity’s foundation and development through the 1st
                                                                  requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
   a science field, but needs to fulfill the laboratory science                                                                  century CE. The student will learn how to apply resources
                                                                  and instructional material that lends itself to current
   requirement. There are four one-hour lecture periods and                                                                      and methods to biblical texts that increase comprehension
                                                                  trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom
   one two-hour laboratory periods each week. Some                                                                               both of the historical setting and the contemporary
                                                                  instruction will be offered.
   general topics to be considered are astronomy,                                                                                significance of those texts with an examination of how the
   meteorology, geology, chemistry and physics.                                                                                  religion functions in contemporary society.
                                                                     PS 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
                                                                  each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.              RG 191. Old Testament. 3 hours credit. This course will
        PS 102. Physical Geology. 4 hours credit. An
                                                                  See Internships section of this catalog for a complete         enable the student to develop a critical perspective on the
   introduction to geology in all aspects including some
                                                                  description of these courses.                                  development of Judaism and its texts. To this end the
   historical concepts. The fundamentals of physical geology
   will be studied with an emphasis on the plate tectonics                                                                       student will identify and analyze the various factors that
                                                                       PS 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,        crucially impacted Judaism’s foundation and historical
   explanation of such phenomena as volcanism,
                                                                  II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education     development and the development of its literature. The
   earthquakes, and mountain building. The importance of
                                                                  with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education          student will learn how to apply methods and resources to
   streams, weathering and erosion, glaciation, and wave
                                                                  section of this catalog for a complete description of          the biblical texts and to the processes that produced them,
   action in shaping the land will be discussed. The study of
                                                                  these courses.                                                 thus increasing comprehension both of the literature and of
   minerals, rocks, and some discussion of natural resources
   will be undertaken. Laboratory work will include                                                                              the religion it represents. Such methods and resources also
   identification of minerals and rocks, use of topographic       (RD) READING                                                   increase comprehension of the historical setting and of the
   and geologic maps, and use and interpretation of aerial            RD 011. Basic Reading and Vocabulary Skills. 3             contemporary significance of those texts, to which end the
   photographs in geology. This course will meet for three        hours credit. Prerequisite: Appropriate ASSET Reading or       student will examine how Judaism’s religious concepts are
   hours lecture and two hours laboratory each week.              ACT Reading score. Additional diagnostic testing will be       applied to and function in contemporary society.
                                                                  used to verify correct placement. This course will enable           RG 210. Comparative Religions. 3 hours credit. This
       PS 110. Helicopter Science. 3 hours credit. This           the student to improve his/her phonemic awareness,             course will enable the student to develop his/her historical
   course will enable the student to apply the principles of      word recognition skills, vocabulary, and reading               understanding of seven of the world’s major, living
   navigation, meteorology, radio communication, radio            comprehension skills on the sentence, paragraph, and           religions through his/her analysis of their origins and their
   navigation, theory of flight, federal air regulations, and     multi-paragraph level.                                         historical development. These seven religions are
   related subjects to the operation of a helicopter. At the                                                                     Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism, Hinduism, Islam,
   completion of this course, the student will be qualified to        RD 012. Reading Fundamentals. 3 hours credit.              Judaism, and Shinto. The student will analyze the principal
   take the FAA private pilot written exam. Credit is allowed     Prerequisite: Appropriate ASSET Reading or ACT Reading         and distinguishing features of these religions in terms of
   as a science elective only.                                    score and/or completion of RD 011 with C or better.            their primary customs, beliefs and practices, identifying the
                                                                  Additional diagnostic testing will be used to verify correct   most outstanding characteristics of each of these religions,
                                                                  placement in this courses. This course will enable the         and the student will present his/her own views on these
                                                                  student to improve his/her word recognition techniques,        issues in discussion and/or written documents.
                                                                  reading comprehension skills, and vocabulary.

160 Course Descriptions
    RG 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                   RR 103. Realtime Reporting/Lab III. 5 hours credit.                 RR 220. Realtime Reporting Procedures. 3 hours
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of      Prerequisite: RR 102 with a C or better. This course will          credit. Prerequisite: RR 201 with a C or better. This course
specific interest to the student will be developed. These     enable the student to continue the development of                  will enable the student to learn the professional
topics will be established by student needs or                conflict-free stenographic theory for writing on a                 procedures and legal responsibilities of the realtime
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued         computer-compatible steno machine. The student will                reporting information systems and communications
and instructional material that lends itself to current       develop reading and writing skill on literary, jury charge,        technology professional. The student will demonstrate
trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom        and two-voice testimony material with emphasis on high             the appropriate ways of marking and handling exhibits;
instruction will be offered.                                  realtime translation rates.                                        identify and demonstrate the ways of indexing and
                                                                                                                                 storing notes, including any state rules and laws;
   RG 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit           RR 193. Realtime Reporting Internship. 3 hours                demonstrate the acceptable format to prepare a transcript
each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.         credit. Prerequisite: RR 201 with a C or better and RR 220         using CAT; demonstrate use of library and reference
See Internships section of this catalog for a complete        with a C or better. This course will enable the student to         materials, including technology-related references, in
description of these courses.                                 apply the skills and knowledge in a real-life situation. The       transcript production; proofread transcripts with maximum
                                                              student will write on the steno writer for sustained periods       efficiency; identify the laws of the state of Kansas that
     RG 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,       of time. The student will produce a complete, salable
II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education                                                                       govern realtime professionals.
                                                              transcript of the proceedings. Through this experience, the
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education         student will identify his/her strengths and weaknesses as
section of this catalog for a complete description of         a realtime reporting information systems professional.             (SC) SOCIAL SCIENCE
these courses.                                                                                                                       SC 120. Principles of Geography. 3 credit hours.
                                                                  RR 201. Realtime Reporting/Lab IV. 5 hours credit.             This course will enable the student to locate
(RR) REALTIME REPORTING                                       Prerequisite: RR 103 with a C or better. This course will          geographic places in a global context including
                                                              enable the student to continue the development of                  countries, cities, landforms and bodies of water. The
     RR 101. Realtime Reporting/Lab I. 6 hours credit.
                                                              conflict-free stenographic theory for writing on a                 student will internalize the economic, political and
This course will enable the student to learn how to use
                                                              computer-compatible steno machine. The student will                cultural relationships between geography and people.
the computer-compatible steno machine and computer-
                                                              develop reading and writing skill on literary, jury charge,
assisted translation (CAT) software. The student will gain                                                                           SC 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
                                                              and two-voice testimony material with emphasis on high
an understanding of realtime reporting information                                                                               Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
                                                              realtime translation rates.
systems and communications technology. The student                                                                               specific interest to the student will be developed. These
will develop the ability to write a conflict-free                 RR 202. Realtime Reporting/Lab V. 5 hours credit.              topics will be established by student needs or
stenographic theory on a computer-compatible steno            Prerequisite: RR 201 with a C or better. This course will          requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
machine. The student will also develop a reading skill of     enable the student to continue the development of                  and instructional material that lends itself to current
steno notes on literary, jury charge, and testimony           conflict-free stenographic theory for writing on a                 trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom
material. Dictation practice will be required for             computer-compatible steno machine. The student will                instruction will be offered.
reinforcement of theory. The student must keyboard at 30      develop reading and writing skill on literary, Kansas
wpm prior to enrollment in this course.                       criminal and civil jury charge, and an introduction to                SC 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
                                                              multi-voice proceedings with emphasis on high realtime             each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
    RR 102. Realtime Reporting/Lab II. 6 hours credit.        translation rates.                                                 See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
Prerequisite: RR 101 with a C or better. This course will                                                                        description of these courses.
enable the student to continue the development of                 RR 203. Realtime Reporting/Lab VI. 5 hours credit.
conflict-free stenographic theory for writing on a            Prerequisite: RR 202 with a C or better. This course will               SC 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
computer-compatible steno machine. The student will           enable the student to continue the development of                  II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
develop reading and writing skill on literary, jury charge,   conflict-free stenographic theory for writing on a computer-       with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
                                                              compatible steno machine. The student will develop                 section of this catalog for a complete description of




                                                                                                                                                                                                rEPORTING
and testimony material with emphasis on high realtime




                                                                                                                                                                                                 rEALTIME
translation rates.                                            reading and writing skill on literary, Kansas criminal and civil   these courses.
                                                              jury charge, and an introduction to multi-voice proceedings
                                                              with emphasis on high realtime translation rates. The
                                                              student will also develop a thorough understanding of the
                                                              ethical considerations of realtime reporting.
                                                                                                                                                              Course Descriptions 161
   (SP) SPEECH COMMUNICATION                                           SP 107. Advanced Public Speaking. Teams. 1 hour                     SP 205. Signing Exact English Level III:
                                                                   credit. Prerequisite: SP 100 with a C or better. This course will   Conversational Sign. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: SP 108
        SP 100. Public Speaking. 3 hours credit. This course
                                                                   enable the student to confidently and effectively present           and SP 109 with a C or better. Students who have
   will enable the student to communicate effectively in a
                                                                   team business and professional presentations in a variety of        acquired manual language skills through some other
   variety of public speaking venues, utilizing nonverbal as
                                                                   public speaking venues for community audiences. The                 facility may enroll providing their skills are comparable to
   well as verbal skills. The student will be able to critically
                                                                   student will engage in critical evaluation of public speakers,      SEE Level I and SEE Level II. This course assists students in
   assess information on both a verbal and research level.
                                                                   in audience analysis strategies and in research strategies for      refining expressive and receptive skills in sign language
   This course will enable the student to recognize the
                                                                   individual presentations and/or group presentations.                and fingerspelling and further the acquisition of sign
   importance of self concept in oral communication, to
                                                                                                                                       language vocabulary through conversing in sign.
   interview effectively and to work in groups confidently.
                                                                       SP 108. Signing Exact English Level I. 2 hours credit.
                                                                   The course is designed to provide students a basic                      SP 216. American English Pronunciation III. 1 hour
       SP 102 . Interpersonal Communication. 3 hours credit.
                                                                   foundation of sign language and fingerspelling utilizing the        credit. Prerequisite: SP 116 and SP 117 with a C or better. A
   Dyadic interpersonal communication and small group
                                                                   Signing Exact English (SEE) approach to manual language.            continuation of additional phoneme instruction, question
   communication will be the concern of this course. The
                                                                                                                                       intonation, Schwa vowel usage, typical syllabic reductions,
   nature and structure of interpersonal communication,
                                                                       SP 109. Signing Exact English Level II. 2 hours                 and review of all material presented.
   perspectives, self, and message systems will be studied.
                                                                   credit. Prerequisite: SP 108 with a C or better. Students
   The student will be involved in communication exercises,
                                                                   who have acquired other facility may enroll providing                   SP 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
   projects and discussions.
                                                                   their skills are comparable to Basic Sign Language I.               Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
       SP 105. Advanced Public Speaking. Persuasive. 1             Judgment for enrollment would be made by the                        specific interest to the student will be developed. These
   hour credit. Prerequisite: SP 100 with a C or better. This      instructor. This course assists students in refining                topics will be established by student needs or
   course will enable the student to confidently and effectively   expressive and receptive skills in Signing Exact English,           requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
   present persuasive business and professional presentations      fingerspelling, and vocabulary.                                     and instructional material that lends itself to current
   in a variety of public speaking venues for community                                                                                trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom
                                                                       SP 110. Oral Interpretation of Literature. 3 hours              instruction will be offered.
   audiences. The student will engage in critical evaluation of
                                                                   credit. This course will enable the student to effectively
   public speakers, in audience analysis strategies and in
                                                                   interpret, analyze, and orally perform works of poetry,                SP 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
   research strategies for individual presentations and/or
                                                                   prose, fiction, non-fiction, and drama.                             each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
   group presentations.
                                                                       SP 116. American English Pronunciation I. 1 hour                See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
        SP 106. Advanced Public Speaking. Informative. 1           credit. A systematic approach to American English                   description of these courses.
   hour credit. Prerequisite: SP 100 with a C or better. This      pronunciation for ESL students, utilizing phonics, sentence
                                                                   intonation, syllabic stress, and articulation instruction.               SP 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
   course will enable the student to confidently and effectively
                                                                                                                                       II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
   present informative business and professional
                                                                        SP 117. American English Pronunciation II. 1 hour              with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
   presentations in a variety of public speaking venues for
                                                                   credit. Prerequisite: SP 116 with a C or better. A                  section of this catalog for a complete description of
   community audiences. The student will engage in critical
                                                                   continuation of additional phoneme instruction, phrasing            these courses.
   evaluation of public speakers, in audience analysis
                                                                   in oral and written language, compound word stress,
   strategies, and in research strategies for individual and
   group informative presentations.
                                                                   linking and blending.                                               (SW) SOCIAL WORK
                                                                                                                                           SW 102. Introduction to Social Work. 3 hours credit.
                                                                                                                                       This course will enable the student to explore social work
                                                                                                                                       as a helping profession. The student will be able to
                                                                                                                                       examine the development of social work as a profession
                                                                                                                                       as well as the knowledge and skills used by social workers.

                                                                                                                                          SW 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
                                                                                                                                       each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
                                                                                                                                       See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
                                                                                                                                       description of these courses.

162 Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                                                                  tHEATRE
                                                                                                                                                                                                    aRTS
     SW 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education                     TA 127. Stage Makeup. 3 hours credit. In this course,           TA 250. Theatre Practicum III. 1 hour credit.
I, II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education       the student will study the theory and application of             Prerequisite: TA 152 with a C or better. A continuation
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education               theatrical makeup. Students will explore facial analysis,        of TA 152.
section of this catalog for a complete description of               character description, environmental, and hereditary
                                                                                                                                         TA 251. Theatre Practicum IV. 1 hour credit.
these courses.                                                      influences.
                                                                                                                                     Prerequisite: TA 250 with a C or better. A continuation
     SW 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                         TA 131. Children's Theatre. 3 hours credit. This course     of TA 250.
Prerequisite: Approval of Behavior Science Department               will enable the student to heighten his/her awareness of
                                                                                                                                         TA 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
dean, lead faculty and instructor. Topics of specific               children's literature and gain proficiency in performing live
                                                                                                                                     Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor. Topics of
interest to the student will be developed. These topics             theatre in front of an elementary school audience.
                                                                                                                                     specific interest to the student will be developed. These
will be established by the student’s needs or
                                                                        TA 151. Theatre Practicum I. 1 hour credit. Designed for     topics will be established by student needs or
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
                                                                    students actively participating in theatre production. The       requirements. Areas of specific needs will be pursued
and instructional material that lends itself to current
                                                                    student must be involved in acting or backstage work which       and instructional material that lends itself to current
trends or topics that are needed to supplement normal
                                                                    results in a public performance by the Butler Theatre            trends or topics needed to supplement normal classroom
classroom instruction will be offered.
                                                                    Department. Admission only upon consent of the instructor.       instruction will be offered.
(TA) THEATRE ARTS                                                       TA 152. Theatre Practicum II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                                                                                        TA 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
    TA 110. Acting I. 3 hours credit. This course will enable                                                                        each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
                                                                    TA 151 with a C or better. Continuation of TA 151.
the student to find an approach to building a theatrical                                                                             See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
character with a method suited to his/her particular skills and                                                                      description of these courses.
                                                                        TA 206. Introduction to Theatre Art. 3 hours credit.
individual knowledge. The student will be able to make
                                                                    This course will enable the student to identify the basic             TA 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education I,
informed choices drawn from personal life experience to
                                                                    elements common to all theatre. The student will be able         II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
apply to the craft/art of acting.
                                                                    to make appropriate written and/or spoken criticism of           with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
     TA 112. Acting II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: TA 110 with   the value and merit of individual examples of theatrical         section of this catalog for a complete description of
a C or better. This course will enable the student to build a       performance according to the critical standards presented        these courses.
body of theatrical material that will be suitable for use in        in the courses. The student will be able to read and
auditioning in the amateur, semi-professional, and                  discuss a play script in terms of its theatrical merit,
professional theatrical arenas. Additionally, the student will      demands, and potential as a piece of theatrical
be able to approach performances of different genres and            performance according to the script analysis principles
styles with informed choices.                                       presented in the course. The student will be able to
                                                                    identify and define distinguishing elements and
    TA 120. History of American Cinema: Film                        characteristics of theatrical art as it was presented in the
Appreciation. 3 hours credit. This course will introduce the        major historical periods of theater as surveyed in the
student to principles and techniques of cinematic art as            course. Additionally, the student will be able to identify
expressed in the American cinema. The course will help the          and discuss briefly the elements and principles involved
student develop a broader appreciation, insight and                 in the practice of the various component activities in
analytical understanding of motion pictures as one of the           theatrical art including theatre architecture, production,
dominant art forms of the 20th century.                             direction, acting, scenic design, costume design, lighting
                                                                    design, makeup, sound, and multimedia.
     TA 125. Stagecraft. 3 hours credit. This course will
enable the student in the handling of scenery, costumes,
make-up, lighting, and properties. Additionally, the student
will be able to read and discuss a play script in terms of the
technical aspects from inception to completion.




                                                                                                                                                                 Course Descriptions 163
   (WE) WELDING                                                        WE 113. Cutting Operations. 2 hours credit.                       WE 119. Blueprint Reading (Welding). 3 hours credit.
                                                                   Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined level in reading,       Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined level in reading,
       WE 111 Welding Survey. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                                   writing, and math on a diagnostic instrument selected by          writing, and math on a diagnostic instrument selected by
   A score at a pre-determined level in reading, writing, and
                                                                   the department. This course will enable the student to            the department. This course will enable the student to
   math on a diagnostic instrument selected by the
                                                                   recognize and apply proper fundamentals of various                interpret drawing at a fundamental level as applied to the
   department. This course will enable the student to
                                                                   cutting processes. The student will learn theory and will         welding trade. Emphasis will be placed on developing the
   develop skill in the fundamentals of arc welding through
                                                                   practice modern cutting methods, including oxyacetylene           student’s ability to interpret blueprints and learn symbols
   theory and practice. The student will weld in several
                                                                   cutting, plasma cutting, carbon arc cutting, and shape            from which the welder must work.
   positions using “70” series classification electrodes. Safety
                                                                   cutting. Cutting safety will be emphasized.
   practices will be emphasized.                                                                                                         WE 121. Fundamentals of Welding. 3 hours
                                                                       WE 114. Welding Methods. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:        credit.Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined level in
       WE 112. Oxy-Fuel Gas Welding. 2 hours credit.                                                                                 reading, writing, and math on a diagnostic instrument
                                                                   A score at a pre-determined level in reading, writing, and
   Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined level in reading,                                                                       selected by the department. This course will enable the
                                                                   math on a diagnostic instrument selected by the
   writing, and math on a diagnostic instrument selected by                                                                          student to recognize and apply proper techniques at a
                                                                   department. This course will enable the student to perform
   the department. This course will enable the student to                                                                            fundamental level of shielded metal arc welding and gas
                                                                   arc welding of fillet welds in all positions using the Shielded
   recognize and apply proper fundamentals of Oxy-Fuel                                                                               metal arc welding, emphasizing welding various gauges
                                                                   Arc Welding process. The student will also study
   welding. The student will learn about and practice with                                                                           of sheet metal. Safety practices are emphasized.
                                                                   comparative tests of operators and cover research in
   oxyacetylene welding equipment as well as practice with
                                                                   modern welding practices. Safety practices are emphasized.            WE 122. Fundamentals of Welding II. 3 hours credit.
   brazing and soldering. Safety practices are covered when
   working with welding equipment.                                     WE 116. Shielded Arc Welding. 3 hours credit.                 Prerequisite: WE 121, WE 116 with a C or better or prior
                                                                   Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined level in reading,       approval by welding instructor. A score at a pre-
                                                                   writing, and math on a diagnostic instrument selected by          determined level in reading, writing, and math on a
                                                                   the department. This course will enable the student to            diagnostic instrument selected by the department. This
                                                                   recognize and apply proper fundamentals of shielded arc           course will enable the student to continue to develop
                                                                   metal welding. The student will weld steel in all positions       proficiency in the fundamentals of shielded metal arc
                                                                   with several types of electrodes, emphasizing                     welding and gas metal arc welding, emphasizing various
                                                                   fundamentals and procedure. Safety when working with              thicknesses of steel plate as well as the proper selection
                                                                   welding equipment is emphasized.                                  and preparation of applicable welding joints. Safety
                                                                                                                                     practices are emphasized.




164 Course Descriptions
    WE 212. Automatic Arc and Inert Gas Welding. 2                   WE 216. Welding Problems. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:        WE 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
hours credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined          A score at a pre-determined level in reading, writing, and     Prerequisites: WE 116 or WE 121 with a C or better and
level in reading, writing, and math on a diagnostic              math on a diagnostic instrument selected by the                approval of dean and instructor. Topics of specific interest
instrument selected by the department. This course will          department. This course will enable the student to explore     to the student will be developed. These topics will be
enable the student to develop proficiency in the gas             the problems in welding and practice the application of jigs   established by student needs or requirements. Areas of




                                                                                                                                                                                                Welding
shielded metal arc semiautomatic welding process,                and fixtures. The student will also study welding standards    specific needs will be pursued and instructional material
emphasizing the use of .035 and .045 size solid core wire        and specifications. Safety practices are emphasized.           that lends itself to current trends or topics needed to
to weld basic steel joints in all applicable positions. Safety                                                                  supplement normal classroom instruction will be offered.
practices are emphasized.                                            WE 219 Gas Metal Arc (Mig). 2 hours credit.
                                                                 Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined level in reading,       WE 193 and 194. Internship I and II. 1-3 hours credit
     WE 213. Pipe Welding and Fitting. 2 hours credit.           writing, and math on a diagnostic instrument selected by       each. Integrate education with on-the-job experience.
Prerequisite: WE 116 with a C or better or prior approval by     the department. This course will enable the student to         See Internships section of this catalog for a complete
welding instructor. A score at a pre-determined level in         weld aluminum and steel by the gas metal arc process.          description of these courses.
reading, writing, and math on a diagnostic instrument            The student will study setup, operation, and maintenance
selected by the department. This course will enable the          of semi-automatic welding equipment as well as inert                WE 197, 198, 297 and 298. Cooperative Education
student to develop proficiency in pipe welding and               gases, joint design and electrode selection, as well as        I, II, III and IV. 2-6 hours credit each. Integrate education
fitting, as well as expose the student to cutting, beveling,     inner shield and submerged arc processes. Safety               with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative Education
preparation, and fit-up of pipe prior to the welding             practices are emphasized.                                      section of this catalog for a complete description of
process. The student will learn various procedures of pipe                                                                      these courses.
welding, as well as cutting, beveling, preparation and fit-          WE 220. Metallurgy. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: A
up of pipe prior to the welding process. The student will        score at a pre-determined level in reading, writing, and
also be exposed to pipe saddling and fitting. Safety             math on a diagnostic instrument selected by the
practices will be emphasized.                                    department. This course will enable the student to
                                                                 develop basic metallurgy skills with both ferrous and non-
    WE 215 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding. 3 hours credit.             ferrous metals. The student will explore properties of
Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined level in reading,      metals, hardness testing, heat treating, quenching,
writing, and math on a diagnostic instrument selected by         annealing, normalizing, tempering and surface
the department. This course will enable the student to           hardening.
develop proficiency in gas tungsten arc welding
fundamentals. The student will study fundamentals of
welding steel and aluminum in various positions with the
gas tungsten arc process, as well as prepare metals prior
to the welding process. Safety practices are emphasized.




                                                                                                                                                             Course Descriptions 165

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Tags:
Stats:
views:12
posted:8/2/2011
language:English
pages:65